273
BSC6900 UMTS V900R017C10 Site Maintenance Guide Issue 01 Date 2015-03-25 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 1/272

BSC6900 UMTS

V900R017C10

Site Maintenance Guide

Issue 01

Date 2015-03-25

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Page 2: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 2/272

 

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written

consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

 

Trademarks and Permissions

 and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

 All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

 

Notice

The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the

customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the

purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,

and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations

of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the

preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and

recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

 

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

 Address: Huawei Industrial Base

Bantian, Longgang

Shenzhen 518129

People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com

Email: [email protected]

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

Page 3: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 3/272

About This Document

Overview

This document describes how to maintain the hardware operation of the BSC6900 after the

BSC6900 commissioning. The maintenance tasks involve powering on/off the BSC6900

cabinet, replacing components, and routine maintenance tasks such as checking indicators andmonitoring the site environment.

Product Versions

The following table lists the product version and solution version related to the document.

Product Name Product Version Solution Version

BSC6900 V900R017C10 RAN17.1

 

Intended Audience

This document is intended for:

l Site maintenance engineers

l  Network planning engineers

l System engineers

l Field engineers

Organization

1 Change History

This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are

two types of changes, including function changes and editorial changes. Function changes refer 

to changes in functions of a specific product version. Editorial changes refer to changes in

wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier version.

2 Site Maintenance Tool Preparations

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide About This Document

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ii

Page 4: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 4/272

This chapter describes the tools required for BSC6900 site maintenance. The tools must be placed

in the equipment room or nearby places for easy use.

3 Spare Part Preparations

This chapter describes the spare parts that should be prepared in the equipment rooms or a nearby place for BSC6900 site maintenance.

4 High-Risk Hardware Operations

High-risk hardware operations include installing boards and replacing boards, both of which

have the same impact. Exercise caution when installing or replacing a board because this

operation may interrupt services or result in a system power outage. Perform this operation as

quickly as possible when traffic is light to minimize the impact on the system.

5 Routine Maintenance Items for the Hardware

This chapter describes the r outine maintenance of the BSC6900 hardware. Different

maintenance items require different maintenance methods.

6 Powering On/Off the BSC6900

This section describes how to power on and off the BSC6900. It includes the distribution of the

 power switches, power-on, normal power-off, and emergency power-off of the cabinet.

7 Cleaning a Fan Assembly

This chapter describes how to clean a fan assembly. To ensure its long-term operation,

maintenance engineers must clean all the fan assemblies on a regular basis, preferably once a

year.

8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter

The dust filters in the BSC6900 cabinet protect the boards and the BSC from dust and must be

cleaned on a r egular basis. If a dust filter is damaged, you must replace it with a new one in time.

9 Replacing Boards and Modules

This section describes how to replace boards and modules in the BSC6900 cabinet. It also

describes how to check the replacement and how to handle the faulty boards.

10 Replacing a cable

This chapter describes how to replace the following cables: power cable, Ethernet cable, fiber 

optic cable, clock signal cable, and serial cable to the alarm box, SFP+high-speed cable, trunk cable and monitoring signal cable of the power distribution box. This section also describes how

to verify the replacement and how to handle the faulty cables.

11 Appendix

This chapter describes how to check the appearance of metal contact strips, test the connection

of assembled network cables, assemble the shielded RJ45 connector or the unshielded RJ45

connector and the network cable, and use the BSC6900site maintenance record form.

12 Indicators on Components

This chapter describes the indicators on the BSC6900 components.

13 DIP Switches on Components

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide About This Document

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iii

Page 5: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 5/272

Page 6: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 6/272

Convention Description

Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

 Italic Command arguments are in italics.

[ ] Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.

{ x | y | ... } Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by

vertical bars. One item is selected.

[ x | y | ... ] Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by

vertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.

{ x | y | ... }* Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by

vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all

items can be selected.

[ x | y | ... ]* Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by

vertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.

 

GUI Conventions

The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles

are in boldface. For example, click OK .

> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"

signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

 

Keyboard Operations

The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Format Description

Key Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.

Key 1+Key 2 Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt

+A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.

Key 1, Key 2 Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means

the two keys should be pressed in turn.

 

Mouse Operations

The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide About This Document

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

v

Page 7: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 7/272

Action Description

Click Select and release the primary mouse button without moving

the pointer.

Double-click Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and

quickly without moving the pointer.

Drag Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the

 pointer to a certain position.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide About This Document

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

vi

Page 8: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 8/272

Contents

About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii

1 Change History..............................................................................................................................1

2 Site Maintenance Tool Preparations..........................................................................................2

3 Spare Part Preparations................................................................................................................3

4 High-Risk Hardware Operations...............................................................................................5

5 Routine Maintenance Items for the Hardware......................................................................11

5.1 Maintenance Items for the Equipment Room...............................................................................................................12

5.2 Maintenance Items for Power Supply and Grounding System.....................................................................................13

5.3 Maintenance Items for Cabinets...................................................................................................................................14

5.4 Maintenance Items for Cables......................................................................................................................................16

6 Powering On/Off the BSC6900.................................................................................................176.1 Distribution of Power Switches....................................................................................................................................18

6.2 Powering On the Cabinet..............................................................................................................................................19

6.3 Powering Off the Cabinet in a Normal Situation.........................................................................................................21

6.4 Powering Off the Cabinet in Emergency Cases...........................................................................................................22

7 Cleaning  a Fan Assembly...........................................................................................................23

8 Cleaning  and Replacing a Dust Filter.....................................................................................25

8.1 Positions of Dust Filters...............................................................................................................................................26

8.2 Cleaning a Dust Filter on the Inner Side of the Cabinet Door.....................................................................................28

8.3 Cleaning a Dust Filter at the Bottom of the N68E-22 Cabinet.....................................................................................29

8.4 Cleaning a Dust Filter at the Bottom of the N68E-21-N Cabinet................................................................................31

8.5 Replacing a Dust Filter.................................................................................................................................................33

9 Replacing Boards and Modules................................................................................................35

9.1 Precautions on Board Operation...................................................................................................................................39

9.2 Operations of Replacing Boards and Subracks............................................................................................................39

9.2.1 Removing a Board.....................................................................................................................................................39

9.2.2 Removing a Subrack..................................................................................................................................................42

9.2.3 Installing a Subrack...................................................................................................................................................43

9.2.4 Installing a board.......................................................................................................................................................49

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide Contents

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

vii

Page 9: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 9/272

9.3 Replacing an AEUa Board...........................................................................................................................................51

9.4 Replacing an AOUa/AOUc Board...............................................................................................................................54

9.5 Replacing the ASUa Board...........................................................................................................................................58

9.6 Replacing a DPUb/DPUe Board...................................................................................................................................63

9.7 Replacing a DEUa Board.............................................................................................................................................65

9.8 Replacing an FG2a/FG2c Board...................................................................................................................................68

9.9 Replacing a GCGa/GCGb Board..................................................................................................................................72

9.10 Replacing a GCUa/GCUb Board................................................................................................................................76

9.11 Replacing a GOUc/GOUe Board...............................................................................................................................79

9.12 Replacing a GOUa Board...........................................................................................................................................83

9.13 Replacing a NIUa Board.............................................................................................................................................87

9.14 Replacing an OMU Board..........................................................................................................................................89

9.14.1 Checking OMU Status Before Replacing an OMU Board......................................................................................91

9.14.2 Scenar io: Replacing an OMU Board in Single-OMU Mode...................................................................................96

9.14.3 Scenar io: Replacing the Standby OMU in Dual-OMU Mode...............................................................................122

9.14.4 Scenar io: Replacing OMUa Boards with OMUc Boards......................................................................................138

9.14.5 Scenario: Replacing Active and Standby OMUs in Dual-OMU Mode.................................................................155

9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board...................................................................................................164

9.15 Replacing a PAMU Board........................................................................................................................................170

9.16 Replacing a PEUa/PEUc Board................................................................................................................................173

9.17 Replacing a POUa/POUc Board...............................................................................................................................176

9.18 Replace an SAUa/SAUc Board................................................................................................................................181

9.19 Replacing an SCUa/SCUb Board.............................................................................................................................185

9.20 Replacing a UOIa/UOIc Board.................................................................................................................................189

9.21 Replacing an SPUa Board........................................................................................................................................193

9.22 Replacing an SPUb/SPUc Board..............................................................................................................................196

9.23 Replacing a Subrack.................................................................................................................................................199

9.24 Replacing the Independent Fan Subrack..................................................................................................................203

9.25 Replacing the Power Distribution Box.....................................................................................................................205

9.26 Replacing a Fan Assembly.......................................................................................................................................208

9.27 Replacing a Pluggable Optical Module....................................................................................................................211

9.28 Replacing an Optical Splitter/Combiner...................................................................................................................214

10 Replacing a cable.....................................................................................................................217

10.1 Replacing a Power Cable..........................................................................................................................................219

10.2 Replacing Cabinet PGND Cable..............................................................................................................................221

10.3 Replacing an E1/T1 Cable........................................................................................................................................223

10.4 Replacing a Fiber Optic Cable..................................................................................................................................224

10.5 Replace an Ethernet Cable........................................................................................................................................226

10.6 Replacing a Clock Signal Cable...............................................................................................................................229

10.7 Replacing a Y-Shaped Clock Cable.........................................................................................................................230

10.8 Replacing an EMU RS485 Communication Cable..................................................................................................232

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide Contents

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

viii

Page 10: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 10/272

10.9 Replacing an Alarm Box Signal Cable.....................................................................................................................233

10.10 Replacing the PDB Monitoring Signal Cable.........................................................................................................235

10.11 Replacing the Monitoring Signal Cable for the Independent Fan Subrack............................................................236

10.12 Replacing an SFP+ High-Speed Cable...................................................................................................................238

11 Appendix...................................................................................................................................240

11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap....................................................................................................................................241

11.2 Checking the Appearance of Metal Contact Strips...................................................................................................242

11.3 Testing the Connection of Assembled Ethernet Cables...........................................................................................244

11.4 Assembling the Shielded RJ45 Connector and the Ethernet Cable..........................................................................247

11.5 Assembling the Unshielded RJ45 Connector and the Ethernet Cable......................................................................254

11.6 BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form................................................................................................................256

11.7 Principles of Installing the Signal Cables.................................................................................................................256

12 Indicators on Components.....................................................................................................260

13 DIP Switches on Components..............................................................................................262

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide Contents

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ix

Page 11: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 11/272

1 Change History

This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are

two types of changes, including function changes and editorial changes. Function changes refer 

to changes in functions of a specific product version. Editorial changes refer to changes in

wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier version.

01 (2015-03-25)

This issue does not include any changes.

Draft A (2015-01-15)

The following table lists changes compared with V900R016C00 02 (2014-05-31):

Change Type Change Description

Function change Added Added the descriptions of the ASUa board. For details,

see 9.5 Replacing the ASUa Board.

Modified Added the descriptions of the ASUa board in the

following chapters.

l 12 Indicators on Components

l 3 Spare Part Preparations

l 4 High-Risk Hardware Operations

Deleted None.

Editorial change None.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 1 Change History

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

1

Page 12: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 12/272

2 Site Maintenance Tool Preparations

This chapter describes the tools required for BSC6900 site maintenance. The tools must be placed

in the equipment room or nearby places for easy use.

Table 2-1 lists the maintenance items and tools for the BSC6900.

Table 2-1 Tools required for BSC6900 site maintenance

Item Tool

Cleaning a fan

assembly and a

dust filter 

ESD wrist strap, Phillips screwdriver, vacuum cleaner, ESD soft brush,

and clean cotton yarn cloth

Replacing a board ESD wrist strap, Phillips screwdriver, flat-head screwdriver, ESD boxor bag, clean cotton yarn cloth, and fiber cleaner 

Replacing a fan

assembly and a

subrack 

ESD wrist strap, Phillips screwdriver, flat-head screwdriver, ESD box

or bag, diagonal pliers, clean cotton yarn cloth, and fiber cleaner 

Replacing a cable ESD wrist strap, Phillips screwdriver, flat-head screwdriver, network 

cable tester, RJ45 crimping tool, diagonal pliers, clean cotton yarn cloth,

fiber cleaner, tool gloves, and ESD gloves

 

Site maintenance tools include the ESD wrist strap, ESD box or bag, ESD gloves, tool gloves,

Phillips screwdriver, flat-head screwdriver, RJ45 crimping tool, diagonal pliers, fiber cleaner,

network cable tester, clean cotton yarn cloth, vacuum cleaner, and ESD soft brush.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 2 Site Maintenance Tool Preparations

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2

Page 13: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 13/272

3 Spare Part Preparations

This chapter describes the spare parts that should be prepared in the equipment rooms or a nearby

 place for BSC6900 site maintenance.

Principles

When preparing spare boards for the BSC6900, adhere to the following principles:

l When a board works in stand-alone mode, services on the board are interrupted once it is

faulty. Therefore, spare boards for boards working in stand-alone mode have the high

 priorities.

l When a board is configured in a resource pool, services on the board will not be interrupted

even if the board is faulty. The board fault, however, deteriorates certain system

 performance. Therefore, spare boards for boards in a in a resource pool have medium priorities.

l The filler panel is used for cabinet encapsulation and ventilation. It also facilitates the

electromagnetic shielding and tidiness of the cabinet. Therefore, spare filler panels have

medium priorities.

l For boards working in active/standby mode, if the active board becomes faulty, services

on the active board will be automatically switched over to the standby board. Such a

switchover does not affect normal system operation. Therefore, spare boards for boards

working in active/standby mode have low priorities.

Suggestions

Table 3-1 describes the suggestions for the BSC6900 spare part preparations.

Table 3-1 Suggestions on how to prepare BSC6900 spare parts

Spare Part Quantity

Fan assembly One for each site

Filler panel Two for each site

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 3 Spare Part Preparations

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3

Page 14: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 14/272

Spare Part Quantity

Board   l One SCUa/SCUb, GCUa/GCGa/GCUb/GCGb, SPUa/SPUb/SPUc,

and OMUa/OMUc for each site

l One AEUa, AOUa/AOUc, ASUa, DEUa, DPUb/DPUe, GOUa/GOUc/GOUe,POUa, UOIa/UOIc for each site if the board has been

configured.

Optical module One for each site if an optical module has been configured

 

NOTE

You can also apply for a specific number of spare parts based on site configuration and according to the

spare part distribution model.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 3 Spare Part Preparations

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4

Page 15: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 15/272

4 High-Risk Hardware Operations

High-risk hardware operations include installing boards and replacing boards, both of which

have the same impact. Exercise caution when installing or replacing a board because this

operation may interrupt services or result in a system power outage. Perform this operation as

quickly as possible when traffic is light to minimize the impact on the system.

High-Risk Operations Impact

9.3 Replacing an AEUa

Board

l Replacing the standby AEU has no adverse impact on the

system. When no standby AEU is in position, replacing

the board interrupts services carried on this board.

l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using

only an AEU board, replacing the AEU board interrupts

ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its peer equipment.

9.4 Replacing an AOUa/

AOUc Board

l Replacing the standby AOU has no adverse impact on the

system. If no standby AOU is in position, replacing the

 board interrupts services carried on this board.

l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using

only an AOU board, replacing the AOU board interrupts

ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its peer 

equipment.

9.5 Replacing the ASUa

Board

Replacing the ASU board interrupts all the services carried on

the board.

9.6 Replacing a DPUb/

DPUe Board

Replacing the DPU board interrupts all the services carried on

the board.

9.7 Replacing a DEUa

Board

Replacing the DEUa board takes the BSC an extended period

to perform seamless crystal voice processing on AMR voice

 packets. This yields less significant voice quality

improvements but does not negatively affect voice services.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 4 High-Risk Hardware Operations

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5

Page 16: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 16/272

High-Risk Operations Impact

9.8 Replacing an FG2a/

FG2c Board

l If the FG2 board is standby and the data over the port on

the FG2 board are backed up, replacing the standby FG2

 board has no adverse impact on the system.l When the FG2 boards work in backup mode and the ports

work in load sharing mode, replacing the standby FG2

 board interrupts part of services if the traffic over the ports

exceeds the bandwidth of the ports on the active board.

When the FG2 boards work in backup mode with

independent ports, replacing the standby FG2 board

interrupts all the services carried on the standby board.

l Replacing an FG2 board working in stand-alone mode

interrupts all the services on the board.

l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using

only an FG2 board, replacing the FG2 board interruptsongoing services between the BSC6900 and its peer 

equipment.

9.11 Replacing a GOUc/

GOUe Board

9.12 Replacing a GOUa

Board

l If the GOU board is standby and the data over the port on

the GOU board are backed up, replacing the standby GOU

 board has no adverse impact on the system.

l When the GOU boards work in backup mode and the ports

work in load sharing mode, replacing the standby GOU

 board interrupts part of services if the total traffic over the

 ports exceeds the bandwidth of the ports on the active

 board. When the GOU boards work in backup mode withindependent ports, replacing the standby GOU board

interrupts all the services carried on the standby board.

l Replacing a GOU board working in stand-alone mode

interrupts the services on that board.

l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using

only a GOU board, replacing the GOU board interrupts

ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its peer 

equipment.

9.13 Replacing a NIUa

Board

Replacing the NIU board interrupts all the services carried on

the board.

9.14 Replacing an OMU

Board

Replacing the OMU board interrupts all the services carried

on the board.

9.15 Replacing a PAMU

Board

Replacing the PAMU board interrupts the monitoring on the

BSC6900 PDB.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 4 High-Risk Hardware Operations

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6

Page 17: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 17/272

High-Risk Operations Impact

9.16 Replacing a PEUa/

PEUc Board

l Replacing the standby PEU has no adverse impact on the

system. Replacing the PEU board working in stand-alone

mode, however, interrupts services carried on this board.l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using

only a PEU board, replacing the PEU board interrupts

ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its peer 

equipment.

9.17 Replacing a POUa/

POUc Board

l Replacing the standby POU has no adverse impact on the

system. Replacing the POU board working in stand-alone

mode, however, interrupts services carried by the subrack 

that houses the board.

l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using

only a POU board, replacing the POU board interrupts

ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its peer 

equipment.

9.18 Replace an SAUa/

SAUc Board

Replacing the SAU board working in stand-alone mode will

interrupt the communication between the host boards and the

SAU, which results in system data loss.

9.19 Replacing an SCUa/

SCUb Board

l Replacing the standby SCU board decreases the internal

switching capacity but has no impact on services.

l If no standby board is detected, replacing the SCU board

in the MPS resets all boards in the BSC6900 and interrupts

all ongoing services in the BSC6900.l If no standby board is detected, replacing the SCU board

in the EPS resets all boards in the subrack and interrupts

all ongoing services. In addition, the communication

 between the EPS and the MPS is interrupted.

9.20 Replacing a UOIa/

UOIc Board

9.21 Replacing an SPUa

Board

l Replacing the standby UOI board has no adverse impact

on the system. When no standby UOI board is in position,

replacing the board interrupts services carried on this

 board.

l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using

only a UOI board, replacing the UOI board interruptsongoing services between the BSC6900 and its peer 

equipment.

9.22 Replacing an SPUb/

SPUc Board

l Replacing the standby main control SPU board has no

adverse impact on the services in the system. Replacing

the main control SPU board working in stand-alone mode,

however, interrupts services carried on the subrack.

l Replacing the standby non main control SPU board has no

adverse impact on the services in the system. Replacing

the non main control SPU board working in stand-alone

mode, however, interrupts services carried on the board.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 4 High-Risk Hardware Operations

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7

Page 18: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 18/272

High-Risk Operations Impact

9.23 Replacing a Subrack    l Replacing a subrack interrupts services carried on the

 boards in the subrack.

l Replace a subrack with caution quickly when traffic islight, for example, in the early morning.

l A subrack is fairly heavy. For safety purposes, a 3-person

group is recommended when replacing the subrack.

9.24 Replacing the

Independent Fan Subrack 

Moving the mounting bar and guide rail may scuff the PGND

cables and monitoring signal cables during the component

replacement. Exercise caution when performing this

operation.

9.25 Replacing the Power

Distribution Box

l Replacing the power distribution box in the EPR/TCR 

interrupts all the services carried by the EPR/TCR.

l Replacing the power distribution box in the MPR 

interrupts all the services carried by the entire BSC6900.

9.26 Replacing a Fan

Assembly

Replacing the fan assembly severely affects the heat

dissipation. You are advised to replace the fan assembly

within one minute. Otherwise, the boards will be damaged due

to high temperature.

9.27 Replacing a Pluggable

Optical Module

l Replacing the pluggable optical module on the standby

optical interface board does not affect the system.

l If there is no standby board in position, replacing the

 pluggable optical module on the active optical interface board interrupts all the services carried on the board.

9.28 Replacing an Optical

Splitter/Combiner

l When replacing the optical splitter/combiner, do not look 

into the optical port without eye protection.

l Replacing an optical splitter/combiner interrupts ongoing

services on the corresponding interface boards. Therefore,

replace it during low-traffic hours, for example, at

midnight.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 4 High-Risk Hardware Operations

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8

Page 19: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 19/272

High-Risk Operations Impact

10.1 Replacing a Power

Cable

l During the replacement of the power cable between the

PDF and the power distribution box, if single-input

external power is supplied, the replacement causes thesystem to power off and interrupts ongoing services. If 

dual-input external power is supplied, the replacement

does not affect the system but triggers a power failure

alarm.

l During the replacement of the power cable between the

 power distribution box and the subrack, if single-input

 power is supplied, the replacement causes the subrack to

 power off and interrupts ongoing services carried on the

 boards in the subrack. If dual-input power is supplied, the

replacement does not affect the system.

l During the replacement of the power cable between the power distribution box and the independent fan subrack,

if single-input power is supplied, the replacement causes

the subrack to power off and affects the system heat

dissipation. If dual-input power is supplied, the

replacement does not affect the system.

l Before replacing a power cable, check the power supply

mode (for example, single input or dual input) of the power 

cable and notify of the customers. For single-input power 

supply, be prepared for possible service interruption.

10.3 Replacing an E1/T1

Cable

l Replacing the E1/T1 cable interrupts the services carried

over the E1/T1 cable.

l If the BSC6900 and its peer end are connected using only

the E1/T1 cable, all the services between the BSC6900 and

its peer end are interrupted during the replacement.

10.4 Replacing a Fiber

Optic Cable

l Do not look directly at connectors of the fiber optic cables

when replacing the fiber optic cable. The beam may hurt

your eyes.

l When the BSC6900 and other NEs are connected in optical

 port backup mode, replacing one fiber optic cable does not

affect system services. However, the replacement

interrupts all the services carried on this cable in other 

connection mode.

l When the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected

using only the fiber optic cable, replacing this cable

interrupts all the services between the BSC6900 and its

 peer NEs.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 4 High-Risk Hardware Operations

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9

Page 20: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 20/272

High-Risk Operations Impact

10.5 Replace an Ethernet

Cable

l Replacing the Ethernet cable connected to the LMT

interrupts the communication between the LMT and the

OMU.l The Port Trunking function is used in the interconnection

 ports on the inter-subrack SCU board. Replacing one

Ethernet cable does not affect the system.

l For the interface board, if the BSC6900 is connected to the

 peer equipment only through the Ethernet cable, replacing

this cable interrupts all the services between the

BSC6900 and its peer NEs.

l The OMU board is equipped with a pair of Ethernet cables

for backup. Replacing one of them does not affect the

system.

10.7 Replacing a Y-Shaped

Clock Cable

Replacing a Y-shaped clock cable may cause a clock-related

alarm and an automatic switchover between the active and

standby SCU boards.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 4 High-Risk Hardware Operations

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10

Page 21: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 21/272

5 Routine Maintenance Items for the

Hardware

About This Chapter

This chapter describes the routine maintenance of the BSC6900 hardware. Different

maintenance items require different maintenance methods.

5.1 Maintenance Items for the Equipment Room

This section describes the maintenance items in the BSC6900 equipment room. The items

include the environmental alarm, anti-theft device, door and window, temperature, humidity,

indoor air conditioner, and dustproof condition.

5.2 Maintenance Items for Power Supply and Grounding System

This section describes the maintenance items of the BSC6900 power supply and the grounding

system. The maintenance items include power cables, voltage, protection ground (PGND)

cables, components inside the cabinet, ground resistance, batteries, and rectifiers.

5.3 Maintenance Items for Cabinets

This section describes the maintenance items of the BSC6900 cabinet. The maintenance items

include fans, dust filters, cabinet surface, locks and doors of cabinet, cabinet cleanness, fan

assembly cleanness, ESD wrist strap, cabinet components, and idle optical ports on boards.

5.4 Maintenance Items for Cables

This section describes the cable maintenance items of the BSC6900. The maintenance itemsinclude cable labels, connectors and sockets, connection of E1/T1 cables, connection of Ethernet

cables, and connection of fiber optic cables.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 5 Routine Maintenance Items for the Hardware

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11

Page 22: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 22/272

5.1 Maintenance Items for the Equipment Room

This section describes the maintenance items in the BSC6900 equipment room. The items

include the environmental alarm, anti-theft device, door and window, temperature, humidity,

indoor air conditioner, and dustproof condition.

Table 5-1 lists the maintenance items in the equipment room.

Table 5-1 Maintenance items in the equipment room

Item Checking  Frequency

Procedure ReferenceStandard

Room environment Daily Check whether power  

supply alarms, fire

alarms, and smoke

and dust alarms are

reported.

 No power supply

alarm, fire alarm, or 

smoke alarm is

reported.

Anti-theft device,

door, and window

Weekly Check the anti-theft

device, door, and

window.

The anti-theft device,

door, and window are

in good condition.

Room temperature Daily Check the

thermometer in the

equipment room.

The temperature is

 between 15°C and 30°

C.

Room humidity Daily Check the hygrometer  in the equipment

room.

The humidity is between 40% and

65%.

Indoor air 

conditioner 

Weekly Check the running

status of the air 

conditioner.

The air conditioner 

works properly. The

temperature set on the

air conditioner is

consistent with that

on the thermometer.

Dustproof condition Weekly Check the cleanness

of the equipmentshell, equipment

interior, floor, and

desktop.

 Neat and clean, clear 

of obvious dust.

 

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 5 Routine Maintenance Items for the Hardware

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12

Page 23: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 23/272

5.2 Maintenance Items for Power Supply and Grounding 

SystemThis section describes the maintenance items of the BSC6900 power supply and the grounding

system. The maintenance items include power cables, voltage, protection ground (PGND)

cables, components inside the cabinet, ground resistance, batteries, and rectifiers.

Table 5-2 lists the maintenance items of the power supply and the grounding system.

Table 5-2 Maintenance items of the power supply and the grounding system

Item Checking  Frequency

Procedure Reference Standard

Power Cables Monthly or quarterly

Check all the power cables between the power supply

system and power 

distribution box of the

cabinet.

l The power cables are notaging.

l The ground cables are

securely connected. The

connection points are not

corroded.

Voltage Monthly or  

quarterly

Measure the voltage of the

 power supply by using a

multimeter.

The normal voltage ranges

from -57 V DC to -40 V DC.

Ground cables Monthly or 

quarterly

Check all ground cables

and ground bars.

l The ground cables are not

aging.

l The ground cables are

securely connected. The

connection points are not

corroded.

l The ground bars are not

corroded. Proper anti-

corrosion measures are

applied.

Components

inside thecabinet

Monthly or 

quarterly

Check the connection

terminals and captivescrews of all the ground

cables.

l The ground cables are not

aging.

l The ground cables are

securely connected. The

connection points are not

corroded.

l The connection terminals

and captive screws are

securely and reliably

connected, and they are

not corroded.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 5 Routine Maintenance Items for the Hardware

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

13

Page 24: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 24/272

Item Checking  Frequency

Procedure Reference Standard

ground

resistance

Monthly or 

quarterly

Measure the ground

resistance with an electricground resistance tester 

and keep a record.

The ground resistance is less

than or equal to 10 ohms.

Battery and

rectifier 

Yearly Check the batteries and

rectifiers of the power 

supply system in

equipment room.

l The batteries are normal.

There is no battery

leakage, swelling, or 

corrosion.

l The capacity of the battery

meets the requirements

and the connection of the

 battery is correct.

l The specifications of the

rectifier meet the

requirements.

 

5.3 Maintenance Items for Cabinets

This section describes the maintenance items of the BSC6900 cabinet. The maintenance items

include fans, dust filters, cabinet surface, locks and doors of cabinet, cabinet cleanness, fan

assembly cleanness, ESD wrist strap, cabinet components, and idle optical ports on boards.

Table 5-3 lists the maintenance items of the BSC cabinet.

Table 5-3 Maintenance items of the cabinet

ItemChecking Frequency

Procedure Reference Standard

Fans in each

subrack 

Weekly or 

monthly

Check the fans in each

subrack.

The fans work properly

without any abnormal

sounds such as a sound of 

the blades scraping against

the fan assembly.

Dust filters of 

each cabinetQuarterly

Check the dust filters of 

each cabinet.

The dust filters are not

dusty or damaged. Clean

the dirty dust filter by

referring to 8 Cleaning

and Replacing a Dust

Filter. Replace the

damaged dust filter 

according to 8.5 Replacing

a Dust Filter.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 5 Routine Maintenance Items for the Hardware

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

14

Page 25: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 25/272

ItemChecking Frequency

Procedure Reference Standard

Cabinet surface Monthly or quarterly

Check whether the cabinet

surface is intact andwhether the cables on the

cabinet are legible.

The cabinet surface is

intact and the labels arelegible.

Check locks

and doors on

the cabinet

Monthly or 

quarterly

Check whether the lock of 

the cabinet works properly

and whether the door can

 be opened and closed

without obstructions.

The locks and the doors on

the cabinet work properly.

Check cabinet

cleanness

Monthly or 

quarterly

Check whether the cabinet

is clean.

The cabinet surface is

clean. The interior of the

cabinet is not dusty.

Check fan

assembly

cleanness

Yearly

For details on how to clean

the fan assembly, see 7

Cleaning a Fan

Assembly.

 No dust or damage on the

surface of or inside each

fan assembly.

Inside of the

cabinet

Monthly or 

quarterly

Check the indicators of 

every component inside

the cabinet.

The indicators show that

every component is in good

condition. For details about

the descriptions of the

indicators, see Fan

Assembly (Configured

with the PFCU Board), and

Indicators on Components.

ESD wrist strap Quarterly

Measure the grounding

resistance of the ESD wrist

strap in either of the

following ways:

l Use an ESD wrist strap

tester to test the ESD

wrist strap.

l Use a multimeter to test

the ground resistance

of the ESD wrist strap.

l When you use an ESD

wrist strap tester, the

GOOD indicator on it is

ON.

l If you are using a

multimeter, the ground

resistance is between

0.8 megohm and 1.2megohms.

Protection of 

the idle optical

 ports on boards

Monthly or 

quarterly

Check dust-proof caps on

the idle optical ports.

The idle optical ports are

covered with dust-proof 

caps.

 

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 5 Routine Maintenance Items for the Hardware

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

15

Page 26: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 26/272

5.4 Maintenance Items for Cables

This section describes the cable maintenance items of the BSC6900. The maintenance items

include cable labels, connectors and sockets, connection of E1/T1 cables, connection of Ethernet

cables, and connection of fiber optic cables.

Table 5-4 lists the maintenance items of the cables.

Table 5-4 Maintenance items of cables

ItemChecking Frequency

Procedure Reference Standard

Connectors andsockets

Monthly or quarterly

Check whether there is

dust or oil on the

insulator surface of 

every connector or 

socket.

The insulators of the

connector or of the socket

are clean.

Connection of 

E1/T1 cablesYearly

Check the connections

of the E1/T1 cables.

l The E1/T1 cables are

 properly connected.

l The E1/T1 cables are

intact.

l The cable labels are

legible.

Connection of 

Ethernet cablesYearly

Check the connections

of the Ethernet cables.

l The Ethernet cables are properly connected.

l The Ethernet cables are

intact.

l The cable labels are

legible.

Connection of 

fiber opticcables

Yearly Check the connectionsof the optical fiber.

l The fiber optic cables

are properly connected.

l The fiber optic cables

are intact.

l The idle optical

connectors are covered

with dust-proof caps.

l The cable labels are

legible.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 5 Routine Maintenance Items for the Hardware

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

16

Page 27: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 27/272

6 Powering On/Off the BSC6900

About This Chapter

This section describes how to power on and off the BSC6900. It includes the distribution of the

 power switches, power-on, normal power-off, and emergency power-off of the cabinet.

6.1 Distribution of Power Switches

The power distribution box of the MPR/EPR provides 20 (10 x 2) routes of power outputs. This

section descr ibes the mapping between the eight routes of power outputs from the power 

distribution box of the MPR/EPR and the components in the cabinet.

6.2 Powering On the Cabinet

This section describes how to power on the BSC6900 cabinet and how to handle common power failures in the components of the cabinet.

6.3 Powering Off the Cabinet in a Normal Situation

This section describes how to power off the BSC6900 cabinet in a normal situation. You must

 power off the BSC6900 cabinet when relocating the equipment or before a forecast territorial

 power blackout. Powering off the BSC6900 cabinet interrupts all ongoing services. Therefore,

you should power off the BSC6900 only when required.

6.4 Powering Off the Cabinet in Emergency Cases

This section describes how to power off the BSC6900 cabinet in emergency cases. To ensure

the security of the BSC6900 cabinet, the BSC6900 cabinet must be powered off in emergency

cases, such as fire, smoke, or water immersion.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 6 Powering On/Off the BSC6900

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

17

Page 28: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 28/272

6.1 Distribution of Power Switches

The power distribution box of the MPR/EPR provides 20 (10 x 2) routes of power outputs. Thissection describes the mapping between the eight routes of power outputs from the power 

distribution box of the MPR/EPR and the components in the cabinet.

The power distribution box of the MPR/EPR provides eight routes of power outputs in two

groups (group A and group B), which are controlled by switches A7 to A10 and B7 to B10

respectively. Figure 6-1 shows the mapping between the power switches on the power 

distribution box and the components in the MPR/EPR/TCR. Table 6-1 lists the mapping between

the power switches and the components.

Figure 6-1 Distribution of power switches on the power distribution box of the MPR/EPR 

 

Table 6-1 Mapping between the power switches and the components in the MPR/EPR 

Component Power Switch on the Power Distribution Box

Subrack 2 A8, B8

Subrack 1 A9, B9

Subrack 0 A10, B10

Independent fan subrack A7, B7

 

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 6 Powering On/Off the BSC6900

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

18

Page 29: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 29/272

NOTE

The independent fan subrack is configured in only the N68E-22 cabinet (controlled by power switches A7 and

B7).

6.2 Powering On the CabinetThis section describes how to power on the BSC6900 cabinet and how to handle common power 

failures in the components of the cabinet.

Prerequisites

l The surface of the input power cables is not damaged. The input power cables are correctly

and securely connected.

l The green and yellow PGND cable for the cabinet is properly connected.

l The switches on the power distribution box are set to OFF.

NOTICEEnsure that the Checking and Setting DIP Switches on Subracks operation is performed before

the cabinet is powered on. After the cabinet is powered on, any modification to the setting of a

DIP switch on a subrack does not take effect.

Procedure

Step 1 Set the switch that controls the BSC6900 power supply on the PDF to ON.

Step 2 When the RUN indicator on the front panel of the power distribution box blinks every other 

0.25s, set the switches on the power distribution box to ON according to the actual requirements.

Step 3 Check the power supply to the cabinet components, as listed in Table 6-2.

Table 6-2 Checklist for the power supply to the cabinet components

Component Normal indicator Status

Board The green RUN indicator on the board panel first blinks

0.125s on and 0.125s off. After the board is loaded, the

indicator blinks one second on and one second off.

Fan box The green RUN indicator on the panel of the fan box

first blinks 0.125s on and 0.125s off, and then the

indicator blinks one second on and one second off after 

the subrack/independent fan subrack is powered on.

Power distribution monitor board The green RUN indicator on the board panel first blinks

0.25s on and 0.25s off. After the board is loaded, the

indicator blinks one second on and one second off.

 

Step 4Power on the cabinet and then check the power supply to the components in the cabinet. Clear 

the power failures, if any, according to Table 6-3.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 6 Powering On/Off the BSC6900

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

19

Page 30: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 30/272

Table 6-3 Handling power failures in the components in the cabinet

Failure Type Handling Measures

Power failure in all the internal

 parts of the cabinet

Check whether the -48 V power cables and the RTN power 

cables (DC Return) are properly connected.

l If the cable connection is wrong, set all the power 

switches on the power distribution box to OFF, and then

reconnect the power cables.

NOTICE

Set the switches on the PDF to OFF before reconnecting the

 power cables.

l If the cable connection is correct, replace the PAMU

 board (overvoltage protection board for the power 

distribution box). If the failure persists, replace the

 power distribution box.

Power failure in all the boards

in a subrack 

Use a multimeter to measure the input voltage of the

subrack.

l If the input voltage is between -57 V and -40 V, replace

the subrack.

l If the input voltage is not between -57 V and -40 V, check 

the connections of the power cables. If the connections

of the power cables are loose, set the switch on the power 

distribution box corresponding to the subrack to OFF

and then reconnect the power cables. Otherwise, replace

the power distribution box because the switches on it

may be faulty.

Power failure in a certain board

in a subrack 

Perform the following operations:

1. Check whether the board is securely connected. If the

 board is not securely connected, reinstall the board and

observe the board indicator. For the status of the

indicators, refer to Indicators on Components.

2. Remove the board and check whether the pins in the

 backplane socket of the slot are distorted, broken, or 

missing. If the socket is damaged, replace the faulty

subrack.

3. Reinsert the board into the slot and observe the boardindicator. For the status of the indicators, refer to

Indicators on Components.

4. If the indicator does not function properly, remove the

 board and insert it into a vacant slot that houses the same

type of board. Then, observe the indicator.

l If the board functions properlythe slot is faulty.

Replace the subrack.

l If the fault persists, the board is faulty. Replace the

 board.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 6 Powering On/Off the BSC6900

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

20

Page 31: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 31/272

Failure Type Handling Measures

Power failure in any other part

of the cabinet

Use a multimeter to measure the input voltage of the faulty

component.

l If the input voltage is between -57 V and -40 V, replacethe component.

l If the input voltage is not between -57 V and -40 V, check 

the connections of power cables. If the connections of 

the power cables are loose, set the switch on the power 

distribution box corresponding to the component to OFF

and then reconnect the power cables. Otherwise, replace

the power distribution box because the switch on it may

 be faulty.

 

----End

6.3 Powering Off the Cabinet in a Normal Situation

This section describes how to power off the BSC6900 cabinet in a normal situation. You must

 power off the BSC6900 cabinet when relocating the equipment or before a forecast territorial

 power blackout. Powering off the BSC6900 cabinet interrupts all ongoing services. Therefore,

you should power off the BSC6900 only when required.

Prerequisitesl The green and yellow PGND cable for the cabinet is properly connected.

l Backing Up and Restoring the GBSS&RAN System Data is complete on the BSC6900.

Context

To minimize the adverse impact on the BSC6900, power off the EPR before you power off the

MPR.

Procedure

Step 1 Set the power switches corresponding to the subracks configured in the EPR. Set the power 

switches A7 to A10 and B7 to B10, SW1 to SW6 on the power distribution box to OFF in

sequence.

Step 2 Power off the OMU board.

If... Then...

The OMUa board is configured Raise the ejector levers of the OMU board.

If OMUc board is configured Press the PWRBTN button on the OMUc

 board.

 

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 6 Powering On/Off the BSC6900

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

21

Page 32: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 32/272

NOTE

Repeat this step if two OMUa boards are configured in the subrack. When you flip raise the ejector levers,

the board automatically powers off the operating system and hard disks. Then, the OFFLINE indicator on

the board is ON, which indicates that the board is powered off.

Step 3 After the OFFLINE indicator on the OMU board is ON, set the power switches A7 to A10 and

B7 to B10, SW1 to SW6 on the power distribution box to OFF in sequence.

Step 4 Lower the ejector levers of the OMU board until they are in position.

Step 5 Set the switches that control the power supply on the PDF to OFF.

----End

6.4 Powering Off the Cabinet in Emergency Cases

This section describes how to power off the BSC6900 cabinet in emergency cases. To ensurethe security of the BSC6900 cabinet, the BSC6900 cabinet must be powered off in emergency

cases, such as fire, smoke, or water immersion.

Procedure

Step 1 Set all the switches on the power distribution box of the BSC6900 cabinet to OFF.

Step 2 If time permits, set the switches that control the power supply to the BSC6900 on the PDF to

OFF.

----End

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 6 Powering On/Off the BSC6900

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

22

Page 33: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 33/272

7 Cleaning a Fan Assembly

This chapter describes how to clean a fan assembly. To ensure its long-term operation,

maintenance engineers must clean all the fan assemblies on a regular basis, preferably once a

year.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a piece of clean cotton yarn cloth,

an ESD soft brush, a vacuum cleaner, and a Phillips screwdriver.

l A cleaned spare fan assembly is ready.

Context

NOTICE

To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.

Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If 

no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

NOTICEReplacing a fan assembly during the cleaning severely affects heat dissipation. The time during

which there is no fan assembly in the lower part of the subrack must be as short as possible,

 preferably less than one minute. Otherwise, the boards will be damaged due to high temperature.

Procedure

Step 1 Use the clean cotton yarn cloth, ESD soft brush, and vacuum cleaner to clean the spare fan

assembly.

Step 2Open the front door of the cabinet and loosen the two captive screws on the fan assembly with

a Phillips screwdriver.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 7 Cleaning a Fan Assembly

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

23

Page 34: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 34/272

Step 3 Pull the fan assembly out from the cabinet.

DANGERDo not put your fingers into the fan assembly. The running fan or metal edges in the fan assembly

will injure your fingers.

Step 4 Install the spare fan assembly into the cabinet and then fasten the captive screws to secure the

fan assembly.

Step 5 Use the clean cotton yarn cloth, ESD soft brush, and vacuum cleaner to clean the removed fan

assembly for future use.

Step 6 Repeat Step 2 through Step 5 to replace other fan assemblies.

----End

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 7 Cleaning a Fan Assembly

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

24

Page 35: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 35/272

8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter

About This Chapter

The dust filters in the BSC6900 cabinet protect the boards and the BSC from dust and must be

cleaned on a r egular basis. If a dust filter is damaged, you must replace it with a new one in time.

8.1 Positions of Dust Filters

dust filters ar e installed on the inner side of the front and rear doors, and at the bottom of the

BSC6900 cabinet. The installation positions of the dust filters are different in the N68E-22

cabinet and in the N68E-21-N cabinet.

8.2 Cleaning a Dust Filter on the Inner Side of the Cabinet Door 

This section describes how to clean the dust filters on the inner side of the BSC6900 cabinetdoor. Maintenance engineers must clean the dust filters on a regular basis, preferably once every

quarter.

8.3 Cleaning a Dust Filter at the Bottom of the N68E-22 Cabinet

This section describes how to clean the dust filter at the bottom of the N68E-22 cabinet.

Maintenance engineers must clean the dust filter at the bottom of each cabinet on a regular basis,

 preferably once every quarter.

8.4 Cleaning a Dust Filter at the Bottom of the N68E-21-N Cabinet

This section describes how to clean the dust filter at the N68E-21-N cabinet bottom. Maintenance

engineers must clean the dust filter at the bottom of each cabinet on a regular basis, preferably

once every quarter.

8.5 Replacing a Dust Filter 

This section describes how to replace a worn-out BSC6900 dust filter with a new BSC6900 dust

filter. It takes about five minutes to remove a dust filter and install a new one.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter  

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

25

Page 36: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 36/272

8.1 Positions of Dust Filters

dust filters are installed on the inner side of the front and rear doors, and at the bottom of the

BSC6900 cabinet. The installation positions of the dust filters are different in the N68E-22

cabinet and in the N68E-21-N cabinet.

Dust Filters in the N68E-22 Cabinet

Figure 8-1 shows the positions of the dust filters in the single-door N68E-22 cabinet. Figure

8-2 shows the positions of the dust filters in the double-door N68E-22 cabinet.

Figure 8-1 Dust filters in the single-door N68E-22 cabinet

 

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter  

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

26

Page 37: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 37/272

Figure 8-2 Dust filters in the double-door N68E-22 cabinet

 

Dust Filters Installed in the N68E-21-N Cabinet

Figure 8-3 shows the dust filters in the N68E-21-N cabinet.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter  

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

27

Page 38: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 38/272

Figure 8-3 Dust filters installed in the N68E-21-N cabinet

 

8.2 Cleaning a Dust Filter on the Inner Side of the CabinetDoor

This section describes how to clean the dust filters on the inner side of the BSC6900 cabinet

door. Maintenance engineers must clean the dust filters on a regular basis, preferably once every

quarter.

Prerequisites

Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a piece of clean and dry cotton yarn

cloth, and a vacuum cleaner.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter  

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

28

Page 39: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 39/272

Context

NOTICE

To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.

Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If 

no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

Procedure

Step 1 Open the cabinet door and strip off the black dust filter from the inside of the door.

Step 2 Clean the inside metal surface of the cabinet door with the clean and dry cotton yarn cloth, andthe dust filter with the vacuum cleaner.

NOTICE

Do not use water to clean the dust filter. The water has the risk of damaging the dust filter.

You can use the vacuum cleaner to clean it.

Step 3Stick the clean dust filter along the edges of the inside of the door.

NOTICE

Attach the dust filter tightly to the binding strips to prevent it from falling. Use new binding

strips if the old ones cannot work.

----End

8.3 Cleaning a Dust Filter at the Bottom of the N68E-22Cabinet

This section describes how to clean the dust filter at the bottom of the N68E-22 cabinet.

Maintenance engineers must clean the dust filter at the bottom of each cabinet on a regular basis,

 preferably once every quarter.

Prerequisites

Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a wrench, a Phillips screwdriver, a piece

of clean and dry cotton yarn cloth, and a vacuum cleaner.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter  

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

29

Page 40: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 40/272

Context

NOTICE

To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.

Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If 

no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

Procedure

Step 1 Remove the cables from the air defense frame, and use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four 

nuts on the air defense frame. Then pull out the air defense frame.

Step 2 Open the front door of the N68E-22 cabinet and then remove the four nuts from the dust filter 

with a wrench, as shown in Figure 8-4.

Figure 8-4 Removing the dust filter from the bottom of the N68E-22 cabinet

 

Step 3 Hold the panel of the dust filter frame with both hands and lift the frame slightly to raise the

 panel higher than the screws fixing the ground cables at the bottom of the cabinet. Then, pull

the frame out of the cabinet slowly and completely.

Step 4 Clean the dust filter with the cotton yarn cloth and vacuum cleaner.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter  

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

30

Page 41: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 41/272

NOTICE

Do not use water to clean the dust filter. The water has the risk of damaging the dust filter.

You can use the vacuum cleaner to clean it.

Step 5 Insert the clean dust filter carefully along the guide rails into the cabinet. Do not push it.

Step 6 After the dust filter is in place, fix the four nuts on the dust filter frame with a wrench, as shown

in Figure 8-5.

Figure 8-5 Installing the dust filter at the bottom of the N68E-22 cabinet

 

----End

8.4 Cleaning a Dust Filter at the Bottom of the N68E-21-NCabinet

This section describes how to clean the dust filter at the N68E-21-N cabinet bottom. Maintenance

engineers must clean the dust filter at the bottom of each cabinet on a regular basis, preferably

once every quar ter.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter  

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

31

Page 42: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 42/272

Prerequisites

Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a piece of dry

cotton yarn cloth, and a vacuum cleaner.

Context

NOTICE

To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.

Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If 

no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

Procedure

Step 1 Open the front door of the N68E-21-N cabinet. Then, remove the two screws from the dust filter 

with a Phillips screwdriver, as shown in Figure 8-6.

Figure 8-6 Removing the dust filter from the N68E-21-N cabinet bottom

 

Step 2 Hold the handle on the frame of the dust filter and vertically lift the dust filter slowly until it is

removed from the cabinet.

Step 3 Clean the dust filter with the cotton yarn cloth and vacuum cleaner.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter  

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

32

Page 43: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 43/272

NOTICE

Do not use water to clean the dust filter. The water has the risk of damaging the dust filter.

You can use the vacuum cleaner to clean it.

Step 4 Insert with care the dry and clean dust filter along the guide rails into the cabinet, as shown in

Figure 8-7.

Figure 8-7 Installing the dust filter at the N68E-21-N cabinet bottom

 

Step 5 After the dust filter is in position, fasten the two screws on the dust filter frame with the Phillips

screwdriver.

----End

8.5 Replacing a Dust Filter

This section describes how to replace a worn-out BSC6900 dust filter with a new BSC6900 dust

filter. It takes about five minutes to remove a dust filter and install a new one.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap and a Phillips screwdriver.

l The spare BSC6900 dust filters are ready.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter  

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

33

Page 44: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 44/272

Context

NOTICETo protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.

Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If 

no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

Procedure

Step 1 Remove the dust filter in the cabinet.

If... Then...

The dust filter is installed at the bottom of 

the cabinet

Use a Phillips screwdriver to loosen the two

captive screws. Then remove the dust filter.

The dust filter is installed at the inner side

of the front or rear door

Remove the dust filter directly.

Step 2 Install a new dust filter.

If... Then...

The dust filter needs to be installed at the

bottom of the N68E-22 cabinet

Install the dust filter to its original place. Then

use the Phillips screwdriver to fasten the

screws.

The dust filter needs to be installed at the

bottom of the N68E-21-N cabinet

Insert the dust filter along the guide rails and

tighten the screws with the Phillips screwdriver.

The dust filter is installed at the inner side

of the front or rear door

Attach the black dust filter onto the inner side

of the front or rear door. The dust filter must be

tightly attached to the black binding strips to

 prevent the dust filter from falling.

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Dispose of the replaced dust filters to prevent environmental pollution.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter  

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

34

Page 45: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 45/272

Page 46: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 46/272

This section describes how to replace a BSC6900 board. The replacement operations include

removing a board, removing a subrack, installing a board and installing a subrack.

9.3 Replacing an AEUa Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty AEUa board. The AEUa board is hot-swappable.

It takes about eight minutes to replace the board.

9.4 Replacing an AOUa/AOUc Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty AOUa/AOUc board. The AOUa/AOUc board is

hot-swappable. It takes about five minutes to replace the board.

9.5 Replacing the ASUa Board

This section describes how to replace the ASUa board when it becomes faulty. The ASUa board

supports hot swap. It takes about 15 minutes to remove the ASUa and load a new one.

9.6 Replacing a DPUb/DPUe Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty DPUb/DPUe board. The DPUb/DPUe board is

hot-swappable. It takes about 2 minutes from the time the original board is removed to the timesoftware is successfully loaded on the new board.

9.7 Replacing a DEUa Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty DEUa board. The DEUa board is hot-swappable.

It takes about 4 minutes from the time the original board is removed to the time software is

successfully loaded on the new board.

9.8 Replacing an FG2a/FG2c Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty FG2a/FG2c board. The FG2a/FG2c board is hot

swappable. It takes about five minutes to replace the board.

9.9 Replacing a GCGa/GCGb Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty GCGa/GCGb board. The replacement scenariosinclude: replacing a GCGa board with another GCGa, replacing a GCGb board with another 

GCGb board, replacing a GCGb board with a GCGa board, replacing a GCGa board with a

GCGb board. The GCGa/GCGb aboard is hot-swa ppable. It takes about 5 minutes from the time

cables on the board are disconnected to the time software is successfully loaded on the new

 board.

9.10 Replacing a GCUa/GCUb Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty GCUa/GCUb board. The replacement scenarios

include: replacing a GCUa board with another GCUa board, replacing a GCUb with another 

GCUb board, replacing a GCUb board with a GCUa board, and replacing a GCUa with a GCUb

 board. The GCUa/GCUb aboard is hot-swappable. It takes about 5 minutes from disconnecting

the cables from the board to loading software successfully.

9.11 Replacing a GOUc/GOUe Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty GOUc/GOUe board. The GOUc/GOUe board is

hot-swappable. The replacement scenarios include: replacing a GOUc board with another 

GOUc, replacing a GOUe board with another GOUe board, replacing a GOUe board with a

GOUc board, replacing a GOUc board with a GOUe board. It takes about 5 minutes from the

time that cables on the original board are removed to the time software is successfully loaded

on the new board.

9.12 Replacing a GOUa Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty GOUa board. The GOUa board is hot-swappable.

It takes about five minutes to replace the board.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

36

Page 47: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 47/272

9.13 Replacing a NIUa Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty NIUa board. The NIUa board is hot-swappable.

It takes about two minutes to replace the board.

9.14 Replacing an OMU Board

This section describes how to replace an OMU board. A faulty OMU board needs to be replaced

to prevent data from being lost when OMU operation and maintenance are interrupted due to

disconnection between the OMU and host boards. For details about how to replace an OMU

 board for other purposes, also see this section.

9.15 Replacing a PAMU Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty PAMU boar d. The PAMU board is hot-swappable.

It takes about ten minutes to replace the board.

9.16 Replacing a PEUa/PEUc Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty PEUa/PEUc board. The PEUa/PEUc board is hot-

swappable. It takes about eight minutes to replace a PEUa/PEUc board.

9.17 Replacing a POUa/POUc Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty POUa/POUc board. The POUa/POUc board is

hot-swappable. It takes about five minutes to replace the board.

9.18 Replace an SAUa/SAUc Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty SAUa/SAUc board. The SAUa/SAUc board is

hot-swappable. It takes about 16 minutes to replace the SAUa/SAUc board.

9.19 Replacing an SCUa/SCUb Board

When an SCUa/SCUb board is faulty, you must replace it. The SCUa/SCUb board is hot-

swappable. The replacement scenarios include: replacing a SCUa board with another SCUa,

replacing a SCUa board with a SCUb board. It takes about 4 minutes to replace the board.

9.20 Replacing a UOIa/UOIc Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty UOIa/UOIc board. The UOIa/UOIc board is hot

swappable. It takes about five minutes to replace the board.

9.21 Replacing an SPUa Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty SPUa board. The SPUa board is hot-swappable.

It takes about six minutes to replace and load a board.

9.22 Replacing an SPUb/SPUc Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty SPU b/SPUc board. The SPUb/SPUcc board is

hot-swappable. It takes about six minutes to replace and load a board.

9.23 Replacing a Subrack 

This section describes how to replace a faulty BSC6900 subrack. After powering off a subrack,

60 minutes is required for the replacement before a new subrack starts working properly.

9.24 Replacing the Independent Fan Subrack 

When an independent fan subrack in the BSC6900 is faulty, the independent fan subrack must

 be replaced. It takes about 15 minutes to replace an independent fan subrack.

9.25 Replacing the Power Distribution Box

This section describes how to replace a faulty power distribution box. It takes about 25 minutes

to replace a power distribution box.

9.26 Replacing a Fan Assembly

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

37

Page 48: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 48/272

This section describes how to replace a faulty fan assembly. You are advised to replace the fan

assembly within one minute.

9.27 Replacing a Pluggable Optical Module

This section describes how to replace a faulty pluggable optical module.

9.28 Replacing an Optical Splitter/Combiner 

This section describes how to replace an optical splitter/combiner. The BSC6900 optical

splitters/combiners are LC/LC-LC single-mode optical splitter/combiner and LC/LC-LC

multimode optical splitter/combiner. It takes about five minutes to replace an optical splitter/

combiner.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

38

Page 49: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 49/272

9.1 Precautions on Board Operation

This section describes the precautions you must take when installing, removing, or replacing the boards, or performing any other operations in which you should touch the boards.

Precautions Before Operation

l You are recommended to keep the installation materials in equipment room, such as the

vacuum forming boxes and ESD bags, for future use.

l Keep the boards and other electrostatic sensitive components in ESD bags. Do not pack or 

hold the boards or parts using polystyrene foam, common plastic bags, or paper bags.

l Ensure that the cabinet is well grounded before inserting the board into the subrack.

Otherwise, the board will be severely damaged.

Precautions During Operation

l Wear an ESD wrist strap or gloves and ensure that the ESD wrist strap is well grounded.

l Place the board on an ESD pad when replacing board hardware or chips. Use ESD tweezers

or extraction tools to replace chips. Do not touch board chips or pins with your bare hands.

l Discharge the static electricity of the cables and protective sleeves before connecting them

to the ports.

l Do not touch the PCB or any other part except jumpers and DIP switches during board

replacement with your bare hands.

l Place removed boards and components on an ESD pad or other ESD materials. Do not pack or hold the boards or parts using polystyrene foam, common plastic bags, or paper bags.

9.2 Operations of Replacing Boards and Subracks

This section describes how to replace a BSC6900 board. The replacement operations include

removing a board, removing a subrack, installing a board and installing a subrack.

9.2.1 Removing a Board

This section describes how to remove a BSC6900 board from a subrack.

Prerequisites

Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, an ESD box or 

 bag, dustfree cloth, and a fiber cleaner.

Context

All the boards in the cabinet except the OMUa/OMUc board, are hot-swappable. For other 

 principles of removing a board, see 9.1 Precautions on Board Operation.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

39

Page 50: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 50/272

NOTICE

The OMUa/OMUc board can be hot-swappable only after the operating system is shut down.

NOTICE

To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.

Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If 

no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

Procedure

l Remove a board (equipped with new ejector levers)

1. Loosen the fastening screws on the board panel counterclockwise. Ensure that the

screws are fully detached from the subrack, as shown in part A of Figure 9-1.

Figure 9-1 Removing a board (equipped with new ejector levers)

 

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

40

Page 51: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 51/272

2. Press and hold down the two locking buttons on the board, flip the ejector levers

outward to unlock them, and rotate them outward until the board is separated from the

 backplane, as shown in part B of Figure 9-1.

3. Hold the two ejector levers and pull the board along the guide rails, as shown in part

C of Figure 9-1.

NOTICE

Pull the board steadily without shaking the board to avoid damage to the pins on the

 backplane.

4. Hold the bottom of the board with one hand, and hold the board panel with the other 

hand to pull the board out of the subrack.

5. Put the removed board in an ESD box or bag.

NOTICE

Do not touch the parts inside the board when you remove the board.

l Remove a board (equipped with old ejector levers)

1. Loosen the fastening screws on the board panel counterclockwise. Ensure that the

screws are fully detached from the subrack, as shown in part A of Figure 9-2.

Figure 9-2 Removing a board (equipped with old ejector levers)

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

41

Page 52: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 52/272

 

2. Press the self-locking spring on the two ejector levers on the board panel, flip the

ejector levers outward to unlock them, and rotate them until the board is separated

from the backplane, as shown in part B of Figure 9-2.

3. Hold the two ejector levers and pull the board along the guide rails, as shown in part

C of Figure 9-2.

NOTICE

Pull the board steadily without shaking the board to avoid damage to the pins on the

 backplane.

4. Hold the bottom of the board with one hand, and hold the board panel with the other 

hand to pull the board out of the subrack.5. Put the removed board in an ESD box or bag.

NOTICE

Do not touch the parts inside the board when you remove the board.

----End

9.2.2 Removing a SubrackThis section describes procedures for removing a subrack.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a flat-head

screwdriver, an ESD box or bag, and dust-proof caps.

Context

NOTICE

To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.

Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If 

no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

42

Page 53: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 53/272

NOTICE

l Replacing the subrack interrupts the services carried on the subrack.

l Replacing a subrack requires to be completed with caution during off-peak hours such as

midnight.

l A subrack is fairly heavy. For safety purposes, a 3-person group is recommended when

replacing the subrack.

Procedure

Step 1 Check whether the labels on the cables are legible. If the labels are illegible, relabel the cables

to avoid improper connection after the subrack is replaced.

Step 2 Record the installation positions of boards in the subrack and the DIP switch of the subrack.

Step 3 Check the types of the subrack to be replaced, and perform the related operations shown in the

following table:

If... Then...

The subrack is an EPS Turn on the power switch controlling the subrack on the power 

distribution box.

The subrack is an MPS 1. Raise the ejector levers of the OMU board, as shown in part B

of Removing the OMU board. Repeat this step if two OMU

 boards are in the subrack.

2. Turn off its power switch if the OFFLINE indicator on the OMU

 board is steady on.

Step 4 Turn off the power switch on the PDF.

Step 5 Remove the cables connected to the subrack.

Step 6 Remove boards from the subrack in sequence by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board. Then,

 put them in ESD boxes or ESD bags.

Step 7 Remove the eight captive screws fixing the subrack on the cabinet from the front of the cabinet

using the Phillips screwdriver and reserve them for later use. Four captive screws are on the leftside and the other are on the right side.

Step 8 Disconnect the power cables, signal cables, and PGND cable from the subrack.

Step 9 One person pushes the subrack out along the guide rail from the back of the cabinet. The other 

two persons hold the mounting ears and the bottom of the subrack to pull the subrack out of the

cabinet from the front. keep the removed subrack in a safe place for further processing.

----End

9.2.3 Installing a Subrack

This section describes procedures for adding a subrack.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

43

Page 54: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 54/272

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a socket wrench, a Phillips

screwdriver, a flat-head screwdriver, an ESD box or bag, dustfree cloth, a fiber cleaner,

and dust-proof caps.

l The required parts are all ready, including subracks and screws.

l If there is space in the cabinet, add the subrack there. If there is no space for a new subrack,

add a cabinet.

Context

NOTICE

To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If 

no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

NOTICE

A subrack is fairly heavy. For safety purposes, two persons are recommended when installing

the subrack.

Procedure

Step 1 Turn off the power switch for the new subrack according to instructions in 6.1 Distribution of 

Power Switches.

Step 2 Optional: (This step is required only when floating nuts are not installed in the mounting bar at

the front side of the cabinet.) Take floating nuts out of the ESD bag at the bottom of the cabinet

and install them in the place highlighted in yellow, as shown in Figure 9-3.

Figure 9-3 Installation position of floating nuts

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

44

Page 55: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 55/272

 

NOTE

Three holes in the mounting bar are known as 1 U space. One subrack occupies 36 holes.

One subrack is fixed by 4 pairs of floating nuts installed symmetrically. The floating nuts are installed in the3rd, 12th, 25th, and 34th holes above the guide rail where the subrack will be installed.

Step 3 Two persons hold the mounting ears and support the base of the subrack. Slide the subrack along

the guiding rail into the cabinet, and then fasten the screws to fix the subrack.

Step 4 Set the DIP switch based on the new subrack installation position according to instructions in

DIP Switch on a Subrack.

NOTICE

l You must set the DIP switch before powering on the subrack. The setting after the power-

on is invalid.

l Different subracks must have different DIP-switch settings. If two subracks in the

BSC6900 share the same DIP-switch settings, services on the two subracks will be

interrupted.

l If the DIP-switch setting of the new subrack is the same as that of another subrack and services

in the two subracks are consequently interrupted, set the DIP switches of the two subracks

 properly and reset the two subracks to restore services.

Step 5 Install the power cables for the new subrack:

Before the BSC6900 delivery, its subrack power cables have been bound in the cabinet.

Engineers only need to connect the power cables to the power ports on the subrack.

1. Peel off the insulation layer of the power cable connector, as shown in Figure 9-4.

Figure 9-4 Peeling off the insulation layer of the power cable connector 

 

2. Take off the cover of the power cable connection box and remove the screws in the power 

 ports, as shown in Figure 9-5.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

45

Page 56: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 56/272

Figure 9-5 Power cable connection box

 

3. Connect the power cables to the power ports in the subrack, as shown in Figure 9-6.

Figure 9-6 Connecting the power cable to the power port

 

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

46

Page 57: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 57/272

Page 58: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 58/272

Figure 9-8 Connecting the SUCa and SUCb

 

Step 8 Installing the Y-Shaped Clock Cables.

Step 9 Install the Ethernet cables and optical fibers for connecting the interface boards.

Step 10 Attach the engineering labels to the signal cables according to instructions in Attaching theEngineering Labels to the Signal Cables.

Step 11 Check whether cables in the new subrack are correctly connected.

Step 12 Turn on the power switch controlling the subrack on the power distribution box.

Step 13 Commission the data loading and services.

For details on the commissioning methods, see BSC6900 UMTSCommissioning Guide.

Step 14 Check whether alarms related to subrack failure such as Cell Setup Failure are cleared after the

BSC6900 subrack is replaced. If these alarms persist, clear them by referring to the alarm online

help on the LMT. If these alarms still persist, contact Huawei technical support.

----End

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

48

Page 59: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 59/272

Page 60: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 60/272

Figure 9-9 Installing a board 1(equipped with new ejector levers)

 

Figure 9-10 Installing a board 2 (equipped with old ejector levers)

 

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

50

Page 61: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 61/272

Step 3 Hold the panel with one hand and the lower edge of the board with the other hand, and then push

the board into the subrack along the guide rails until the ejector levers are half closed.

Step 4 Turn the two ejector levers on the board inward until they are in full contact with the panel, as

shown in part C of Figure 9-9.

Step 5 Push the screws inward and tighten them clockwise to secure the board, as shown in part D of 

Figure 9-9or Figure 9-10.

NOTE

You need to push the screws inwards to secure the screws into the holes on the subrack.

----End

9.3 Replacing an AEUa Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty AEUa board. The AEUa board is hot-swappable.It takes about eight minutes to replace the board.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, and an ESD

 box or bag.

l A new AEUa board is ready.

l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.

Context

NOTICE

l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD

wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD

connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,

wear ESD gloves.

l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use

a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version ato replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTICE

l Replacing the standby AEUa has no adverse impact on the system. When no standby AEUa

is in position, replacing the board interrupts services carried on this board.

l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using only an AEUa board, replacing

the AEUa board interrupts ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its peer equipment.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

51

Page 62: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 62/272

Page 63: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 63/272

The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator 

 blinks every other 0.125s.

Step 8 Connect the E1/T1 cable and clock cable by referring to the labels.

Step 9 If the RUN indicator blinks every other second, run DSP BRD to query the status of the new board.

If... Then...

CPU status is Active normal or Standby normal Go to Step 11.

The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 10.

Step 10 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the LMT.

If... Then...

Alarms caused by a faulty board are

reported

1. Locate and rectify the fault according to the

alarm help information.

2. Go to Step 9.

No alarms caused by the faulty board are

reported

Go to Step 11.

Step 11 Run the CMP BRDVER  command to check whether the software version of the new board is

consistent with the board version matching table.

If... Then...

The board version is consistent with the

board version matching table

Go to Step 12.

The board version is inconsistent with the

board version matching table

1. Ensure that the program files of the board in

the OMU active workspace installation\bin

\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program

files are incorrect, contact Huawei

engineers.

2. Run RST BRD to reset the board.

3. Go to Step 9.

NOTE

You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.

Step 12 Verify this board is functioning correctly by testing the CS services with dialing and PS services

with web browsing.

----End

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

53

Page 64: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 64/272

Follow-up Procedure

Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious

 physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,

fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing

a board, pay attention to the following points:

l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.

l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.

l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.

Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.

NOTE

You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.

9.4 Replacing an AOUa/AOUc BoardThis section describes how to replace a faulty AOUa/AOUc board. The AOUa/AOUc board is

hot-swappable. It takes about five minutes to replace the board.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a flat-head

screwdriver, an ESD box or bag, dustfree cloth, and a fiber cleaner.

l A new AOUa/AOUc board is ready.

l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.

Context

NOTICE

l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD

wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD

connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,

wear ESD gloves.

l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To usea board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a

to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

54

Page 65: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 65/272

NOTICE

l Replacing the standby AOUa/AOUc has no adverse impact on the system. If no standby

AOUa/AOUc is in position, replacing the board interrupts services carried on this board.

l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using only an AOUa/AOUc board,

replacing the AOUa/AOUc board interrupts ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its

 peer equipment.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the LST SUBRACK  command to query the backup status of the AOUa/AOUc board to be

replaced.

If... Then...

Backup type is Backup Go to Step 2.

Backup type is No backup Go to Step 4.

NOTE

If two BSC6900 boards work in backup mode, the boards must be installed in an even-numbered slot and

in the slot numbered with the slot No. plus 1, For example, if boards in slots 14 and 15 do not work inactive/standby mode, they both work in stand-alone mode.

Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the board to be replaced.

If... Then...

CPU status is Normal 1. Run SWP BRD to switch the board over to

standby.

2. Go to Step 3.

NOTICE

Run this command when traffic is light, for example, atmidnight.

The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Run the DSP OPT command to query the backup status of all the optical ports on the AOUa/

AOUc board to be replaced.

If... Then...

The optical port is standby Go to Step 4.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

55

Page 66: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 66/272

Page 67: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 67/272

If... Then...

CPU status is Active normal or Standby normal Go to Step 14.

The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 13.

Step 13 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the BSC6900 LMT.

If... Then...

Alarms caused by a faulty board are

reported

1. Locate and rectify the fault according to the

alarm help information.

2. Go to Step 12.

No alarms caused by the faulty board are

reported

Go to Step 14.

Step 14 Run the CMP BRDVER  command to check whether the software version of the new board is

consistent with the board version matching table.

If... Then...

The board version is consistent with the

board version matching table

Go to Step 15.

The board version is inconsistent with the

board version matching table

1. Ensure that the program files of the board in

the OMU active workspace installation\bin

\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program

files are incorrect, contact Huawei

engineers.

2. Run RST BRD to reset the board.

3. Go to Step 12.

NOTE

You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.

Step 15 Verify this board is functioning correctly by testing the CS services with dialing and PS services

with web browsing.

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious

 physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,

fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing

a board, pay attention to the following points:

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

57

Page 68: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 68/272

l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.

l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.

l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.

Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.

NOTE

You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.

9.5 Replacing the ASUa Board

This section describes how to replace the ASUa board when it becomes faulty. The ASUa board

supports hot swap. It takes about 15 minutes to remove the ASUa and load a new one.

Prerequisitesl The required tools, including ESD wrist strap, Phillips screwdriver, ESD box or bag, are

ready.

l A new ASUa board is ready.

l You have logged into the LMT with an account authorized for this operation, and the

connection between the LMT and OMU is normal.

Context

NOTICE

Before operating a device or boards, ground the ESD wrist strap to prevent the electrostatic-

sensitive components from being damaged by static electricity in the human body. If no ESD

wrist strap or no proper grounding points are available, wear ESD gloves.

NOTICE

Replacing the ASUa interrupts services carried on the internal OMU.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the LST BRDBIND2ME command to check whether the ASUa board is occupied by

internal NEs.

If... Then...

The ASUa board to be replaced is occupied by internal NEs Go to Step 2.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

58

Page 69: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 69/272

If... Then...

The ASUa board to be replaced is not occupied by internal NEs Go to Step 3.

Step 2 Run the DSP ME command to check whether the ASUa board to be replaced is occupied by the

internal OMU.

If... Then...

The ASUa board is occupied by the

internal active OMU (dual OMU servers

mode)

1. Run the BKP ME command to back up key

data of the internal OMU.

2. Go to Step 3.

The ASUa board is occupied by the

internal standby OMU

Go to Step 3.

The ASUa board is not occupied by the

internal OMU

Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Replace the ASUa board. Specifically, remove the faulty ASUa board from the subrack and

install a new one.

1. Loosen the captive screw on the ASUa board counterclockwise with a screwdriver, as

shown in A of Figure 9-11.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

59

Page 70: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 70/272

Figure 9-11 Removing the ASUa board

 

2. Press the upper and lower locking buttons on the ASUa board and at the same time turn

the ejector levers outwards to enable the ASUa board to be detached from the self-locking

spring, as shown in B of Figure 9-11.

3. After the OFFLINE indicator on the ASUa board fast blinks and the blue indicator is on

and steady, remove the faulty ASUa board.4. Turn the ejector levers outwards and enable the ASUa board to be detached from the

 backplane. Remove the faulty ASUa board from the subrack, as shown in C of Figure

9-11.

5. Press the upper and lower locking buttons on the ejector levers and turn ejector levels

outwards to the extreme, as shown in A of Figure 9-12.

6. Slide the new ASUa board along the guide rails into the subrack, as shown in B of Figure

9-12.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

60

Page 71: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 71/272

Figure 9-12 Installing the ASUa board

 

7. Turn the upper and lower ejector levers inwards until the inner sides of the ejector levers

are in full contact with the panel, as shown in C of Figure 9-12.

8. After the two ejector levels are caught at the locking position of the cross beam, tighten

captive screws clockwise to fix the board, as shown in D of Figure 9-12.

The new ASUa board is automatically loaded and the RUN indicator blinks (on for 0.125s

and off for 0.125s).

Step 4 When the RUN indicator blinks (on for 1s and off for 1s), run the DSP BRD command to query

the board status.

If... Then...

CPU Status is Normal Go to Step 5.

None of the preceding conditions is true Go to Step 6.

Step 5 On the Browse Alarm tab page on the LMT, check whether alarms related to board faults are

reported.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

61

Page 72: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 72/272

If... Then...

Alarms related to board faults are

reported

1. Analyze and clear the alarms based on the

alarm help information.

2. Go to Step 4.

No alarms related to board faults are

reported

Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Run the CMP BRDVER  command to check whether the board version is consistent with the

version configuration.

If... Then...

The board version is consistent with the

version configuration

Go to Step 7.

The board version is inconsistent with the

version configuration

1. Ensure that the program files of the board

in the OMU active workspace installation

\bin\fam on the OMU are correct. If the

 program files are incorrect, contact Huawei

engineers.

2. Run the RST BRD command to reset the

 board.

3. Go to Step 4.

NOTE

You can obtain the board version matching table from the version matching documents.

Step 7 Run the DSP ME command to check the internal OMU status.

If... Then...

The OMU status is normal (dual OMU servers mode) End

Others Contact Huawei technical support.

----End

Follow-up Procedure

1. Record the site, slot, name, and version of the faulty board.

2. Check whether there is any visible physical damage on the board, for example, mechanical

 parts or plug-ins are distorted, pins are bent or lost, or the board is burnt.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

62

Page 73: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 73/272

3. Record the information about the fault location process, including the cause of the fault,

fault symptoms, alarm name, status of indicators on the board panel, and detailed

 procedures for identifying and clearing the fault on site.

4. Put the faulty board in an ESD bag, and place the onsite fault record and the ESD bag in

the board box.

5. Contact the local Huawei office to deal with the faulty board.

9.6 Replacing a DPUb/DPUe Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty DPUb/DPUe board. The DPUb/DPUe board is

hot-swappable. It takes about 2 minutes from the time the original board is removed to the time

software is successfully loaded on the new board.

Prerequisitesl Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, and an ESD

 box or bag.

l A new DPUb/DPUe board is ready.

l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.

Context

NOTICE

l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD

wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD

connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,

wear ESD gloves.

l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use

a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a

to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTICE

In the process of replacing the DPUb/DPUe board, logically inhibiting the board does not

interrupt the services carried on the dedicated channels. Removing the board, however, interrupts

all the services carried on the board.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the LST SUBRACK  command to query the inhibited status of the board.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

63

Page 74: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 74/272

If... Then...

Logical inhibited board or Physical

inhibited board includes the DPUb/

DPUe board to be replaced

Go to Step 2.

Logical inhibited board or Physical

inhibited board does not include the

DPUb/DPUe board to be replaced

1. Run the INH BRD command to logically

inhibit the board.

2. Run the DSP UDSPRESOURCE command to

check the number of CS subscribers, number of all

types of subscribers, and number of cells and their 

IDs carried on the DPUb/DPUe board. Based on

the check result, you can determine whether to

remove the board directly.

3. Go to Step 2.NOTE

Logically inhibiting the DPUb/DPUe board prevents new

accesses from the board and reduces the impact of replacing

the board on the BSC6900 operation.

Step 2 Remove the DPUb/DPUe board to be replaced by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board.

Step 3 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.

The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator 

 blinks every other 0.125s.

Step 4 Run the UIN BRD command to unblock the new board.

Step 5 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the new board.

If... Then...

Board status is Normal Go to Step 7.

Board status is not Normal Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the LMT.

If... Then...

Alarms caused by a faulty board are

reported

1. Identify and rectify the fault according to the

alarm information.

2. Go to Step 5.

No alarms caused by the faulty board are

reported

Go to Step 7.

Step 7Run the CMP BRDVER  command to check whether the software version of the new board is

consistent with the board version matching table.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

64

Page 75: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 75/272

If... Then...

The board version is consistent with the

board version matching table

Go to Step 8.

The board version is inconsistent with the

board version matching table

1. Ensure that the program files of the board in

the OMU active workspace installation\bin

\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program

files are incorrect, contact Huawei

engineers.

2. Run the RST BRD command to reset the

 board.

3. Go to Step 5.

NOTE

You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.

Step 8 Test the CS services by dialing and the PS services by browsing web pages to ensure that the

new board is functional.

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious

 physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,

fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing

a board, pay attention to the following points:

l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.

l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.

l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.

Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.

NOTE

You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.

9.7 Replacing a DEUa Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty DEUa board. The DEUa board is hot-swappable.

It takes about 4 minutes from the time the original board is removed to the time software is

successfully loaded on the new board.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, and an ESD

 box or bag.

l A new DEUa board is ready.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

65

Page 76: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 76/272

l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.

Context

NOTICE

l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD

wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD

connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,

wear ESD gloves.

l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use

a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a

to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTICEReplacing the DEUa board takes the BSC an extended period to perform seamless crystal voice

 processing on AMR voice packets. This yields less significant voice quality improvements but

does not negatively affect voice services.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the LST SUBRACK  command to query the inhibited status of the board.

If... Then...

Logical inhibited board or Physical

inhibited board includes the

Replacing the DEUa board

interrupts all the services carried on

the board. board to be replaced

Go to Step 2.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

66

Page 77: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 77/272

If... Then...

Logical inhibited board or Physical

inhibited board does not include the

Replacing the DEUa board

interrupts all the services carried on

the board. board to be replaced

1. Run the INH BRD command to logically

inhibit the board.

2. Run the DSP UDSPRESOURCE command to

check the number of CS subscribers, number of 

all types of subscribers, and number of cells and

their IDs carried on the Replacing the DEUa

 board interrupts all the services carried on the

 board. board. Based on the check result, you can

determine whether to remove the board directly.

3. Go to Step 2.

NOTE

Logically inhibiting the Replacing the DEUa board

interrupts all the services carried on the board. board prevents new accesses from the board and reduces the

impact of replacing the board on the BSC6900 operation.

Step 2 Remove the Replacing the DEUa board interrupts all the services carried on the board. board to

 be replaced by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board.

Step 3 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.

The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator 

 blinks every other 0.125s.

Step 4 Run the UIN BRD command to unblock the new board.

Step 5 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the new board.

If... Then...

Board status is Normal Go to Step 7.

Board status is not Normal Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the LMT.

If... Then...

Alarms caused by a faulty board are

reported

1. Identify and rectify the fault according to the

alarm information.

2. Go to Step 5.

No alarms caused by the faulty board are

reported

Go to Step 7.

Step 7Run the CMP BRDVER  command to check whether the software version of the new board is

consistent with the board version matching table.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

67

Page 78: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 78/272

If... Then...

The board version is consistent with the

board version matching table

Go to Step 8.

The board version is inconsistent with the

board version matching table

1. Ensure that the program files of the board in

the OMU active workspace installation\bin

\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program

files are incorrect, contact Huawei

engineers.

2. Run the RST BRD command to reset the

 board.

3. Go to Step 5.

NOTE

You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.

Step 8 Test the CS services by dialing and the PS services by browsing web pages to ensure that the

new board is functional.

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious

 physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing

a board, pay attention to the following points:

l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.

l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.

l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.

Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.

NOTE

You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.

9.8 Replacing an FG2a/FG2c Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty FG2a/FG2c board. The FG2a/FG2c board is hot

swappable. It takes about five minutes to replace the board.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a flat-head

screwdriver, and an ESD box or bag.

l A new FG2a/FG2c board is ready.

l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

68

Page 79: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 79/272

Context

NOTICEl To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD

wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD

connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,

wear ESD gloves.

l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use

a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a

to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTICE

l If the FG2a/FG2c board is standby and the data over the port on the FG2a/FG2c board is

 backed up and functions properly over the port on the active board. replacing the FG2a/

FG2c board has no adverse impact on the system.

l When the FG2a/FG2c boards work in board backup mode and the ports work in load sharing

mode, replacing the standby FG2a/FG2c board interrupts part of services if the traffic over 

the ports exceeds the bandwidth of the ports on the active board. When the FG2a/FG2c boards

work in board backup mode with independent ports, replacing the standby FG2a/FG2c board

interrupts all the services carried on the standby board.

l Replacing an FG2a/FG2c board working in stand-alone mode interrupts all the services on

the board.

l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using only an FG2a/FG2c board,

replacing the FG2a/FG2c board interrupts ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its

 peer equipment.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the LST SUBRACK  command to query the backup status of the FG2a/FG2c board to be

replaced.

If... Then...

Backup type is Backup Go to Step 2.

Backup type is No backup Go to Step 4 .

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

69

Page 80: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 80/272

NOTE

If two BSC6900 boards work in backup mode, the boards must be installed in an even-numbered slot and

in the slot numbered with the slot No. plus 1. For example, if boards in slots 14 and 15 do not work in

active/standby mode, they both work in stand-alone mode.

Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the FG2a/FG2c board to be replaced.

If... Then...

CPU status is Active normal 1. Run the SWP BRD command to switch the board

over to standby status.

2. Go to Step 3.

NOTICE

Run this command when traffic is light, for example, at

midnight.

The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Run the DSP ETHPORT command to query the backup status of all the ports on the FG2a/

FG2c board to be replaced.

If... Then...

The ports are configured in independent

mode

Go to Step 4.

The ports are configured in active/standby

mode, and the ports are active

1. Run the SWP ETHPORT command to

switch the active port to standby status.

2. Go to Step 5.

The ports are configured in active/standby

mode, and the ports are standby

Go to Step 5.

Step 4 Run the DSP IPPATH command to query the status of board to be replaced.

If... Then...

IPPATH status is AVAILABLE 1. Run the BLK IPPATH command to block the IP

 path.

2. Go to Step 5.

IPPATH status is UNAVAILABLE Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Check whether the labels on the Ethernet cable connected to the FG2a/FG2c board are legible.

If the labels are illegible, attach a new label to the Ethernet cable to avoid improper connection

after replacing the board.

Step 6 Disconnect the Ethernet cable from the faulty board.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

70

Page 81: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 81/272

Step 7 Remove the board to be replaced by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board.

Step 8 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.

The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator 

 blinks every other 0.125s.

Step 9 Install the Ethernet cables by referring to the labels.

Step 10 If the RUN indicator blinks every other second, run DSP BRD to query the status of the new

 board.

If... Then...

CPU status is Active normal or Standby normal Go to Step 12.

The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 11.

Step 11 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the LMT.

If... Then...

Alarms caused by a faulty board are

reported

1. Locate and rectify the fault according to the

alarm help information.

2. Go to Step 10.

No alarms caused by the faulty board arereported Go to Step 12.

Step 12 Run the CMP BRDVER  command to check whether the software version of the new board is

consistent with the board version matching table.

If... Then...

The board version is consistent with the

board version matching table

Go to Step 13 .

The board version is inconsistent with the

board version matching table

1. Ensure that the program files of the board in

the OMU active workspace installation\bin

\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program

files are incorrect, contact Huawei

engineers.

2. Run RST BRD to reset the board.

3. Go to Step 10.

NOTE

You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

71

Page 82: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 82/272

Step 13 If the IP path is blocked in Step 4, run the UBL IPPATH command to unblock the IP Path.

Otherwise, go to Step 14 directly.

Step 14 Verify this board is functioning correctly by testing the CS services with dialing and PS services

with web browsing.

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious

 physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,

fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing

a board, pay attention to the following points:

l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.

l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.

l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.

Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.

NOTE

You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.

9.9 Replacing a GCGa/GCGb Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty GCGa/GCGb board. The replacement scenarios

include: replacing a GCGa board with another GCGa, replacing a GCGb board with another 

GCGb board, replacing a GCGb board with a GCGa board, replacing a GCGa board with aGCGb board. The GCGa/GCGb aboard is hot-swappable. It takes about 5 minutes from the time

cables on the board are disconnected to the time software is successfully loaded on the new

 board.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a flat-head

screwdriver, and an ESD box or bag.

l A new GCGa/GCGb board is ready.

l You have logged in to the LMT with an authorized account. The LMT communicates with

the OMU properly.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

72

Page 83: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 83/272

Context

NOTICEl To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD

wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD

connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,

wear ESD gloves.

l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use

a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a

to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.

Procedure

Step 1 On the LMT, display the MPS in the Device Panel to check the configuration of the GCGa/

GCGb board.

If... Then...

Slots 12 and 13 are equipped with the GCGa/GCGb board Go to Step 2.

Only slot 12 or 13 is equipped with the GCGa/GCGb board Go to Step 3.

Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the board.

If... Then...

CPU status is Active normal 1. Run the SWP BRD command to switch the board over 

to standby status.

2. Go to Step 3.

NOTICE

Run this command when traffic is light, for example, in the early

morning.

Under other circumstances Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Modify the board setting.

If... Then...

Replacing a board with a board of the

same hardware version (Including a

GCGa board is replaced by another

GCGa board, a GCGb board is replaced

by another GCGb board)

Go to Step 4.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

73

Page 84: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 84/272

If... Then...

Replacing a board with a board of a later

hardware version (Including a GCGb

board is replaced by a GCGa board, aGCGa board is replaced by a GCGb

board)

l Run the MOD BRD command on the LMT to

modify board settings.

NOTEAfter the type of a board is changed using the MOD

BRD command, the corresponding slot will

automatically and immediately reset.

l Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check whether the labels on the cables connected to the GCGa/GCGb board are legible. If the

labels are illegible, re-label the cables to avoid faulty connections after replacing the board.

Step 5 Disconnect the cables from the board to be replaced.

Step 6 Remove the board to be replaced by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board.

Step 7 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.

The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator 

 blinks 0.125 second on and 0.125 second off.

Step 8 Install the cables by referring to the labels.

Step 9 If the RUN indicator blinks one second on and one second off, run the DSP BRD command to

query the status of the new board.

If... Then...

Only one GCGa/GCGb board is configured and CPU status is Active

normal

Go to Step 11.

Two GCGa/GCGb boards are configured and CPU status of the

GCGa/GCGb board to be replaced is Standby normal

Go to Step 11.

Under other circumstances Go to Step 10.

Step 10 Check whether alarms related to board faults are reported on the LMT.

If... Then...

Alarms related to board faults are

reported

1. Find out the cause and clear the alarms by

referring to the online alarm reference.

2. Go back to Step 9.

No alarm related to board faults is

reported

Go to Step 11.

Step 11Run the CMP BRDVER  command to check whether the software version of the new board is

consistent with version mapping of the boards.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

74

Page 85: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 85/272

If... Then...

The board software version is consistent

with version mapping of the boards

Go to Step 12.

The board software version is inconsistent

with version mapping of the boards

1. Ensure that the program files of the board in

the OMU active workspace installation\bin

\fam on the OMU board are correct. If the

files are incorrect, contact Huawei engineers

for the correct files.

2. Run the RST BRD command to reset the

 board.

3. Go back to Step 9.

NOTE

You can obtain the correct version mapping of the boards from the corresponding version document.

Step 12 Run the DSP CLK  command to query the clock status of the SCUa board and the SCUb

 board in the MPS.

If... Then...

The clock status of the SCUa board and the SCUb board

are Normal

The replacement is complete.

The clock status of the SCUa board and the SCUb board

are Abnormal

Go to Step 9

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious

 physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,

fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing

a board, pay attention to the following points:

l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.

l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.

l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.

Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.

NOTE

You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

75

Page 86: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 86/272

Page 87: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 87/272

If... Then...

CPU status is Active normal 1. Run the SWP BRD command to switch the board over 

to standby status.

2. Go to Step 3.

NOTICE

Replace a subrack with caution, and implement the replacement

quickly when traffic is light, for example, in the early morning.

Under other circumstances Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Modify the board setting.

If... Then...

Replacing a board with a board of the

same hardware version (Including a

GCUa board is replaced by another

GCUa board, a GCUb board is replaced

by another GCUb board)

Go to Step 4.

Replacing a board with a board of a later

hardware version (Including a GCUb

board is replaced by a GCUa board, a

GCUa board is replaced by a GCUb

board

l Run the MOD BRD command on the LMT to

modify board settings.

NOTE

After the type of a board is changed using the MOD

BRD command, the corresponding slot will

automatically and immediately reset.

l Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check whether the labels on the cables connected to the GCUa/GCUb board are legible. If the

labels are illegible, re-label the cables to avoid faulty connections after replacing the board.

Step 5 Disconnect the cables from the board to be replaced.

Step 6 Remove the board to be replaced by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board.

Step 7 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.

The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator  blinks 0.125 second on and 0.125 second off.

Step 8 Install the cables by referring to the labels.

Step 9 If the RUN indicator blinks one second on and one second off, run the DSP BRD command to

query the status of the new board.

If... Then...

Only one GCUa/GCUb board is configured and CPU status is Active

normal

Go to Step 11.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

77

Page 88: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 88/272

If... Then...

Two GCUa/GCUb boards are configured and CPU status of the

GCUa/GCUb board to be replaced is Standby normal

Go to Step 11.

Under other circumstances Go to Step 10.

Step 10 Check whether alarms related to board faults are reported on the LMT.

If... Then...

Alarms related to board faults are

reported

1. Find out the cause and clear the alarms by

referring to the online alarm reference.

2. Go back to Step 9.

No alarm related to board faults is

reported

Go to Step 11.

Step 11 Run the CMP BRDVER  command to check whether the software version of the new board is

consistent with version mapping of the boards.

If... Then...

The board software version is consistent

with version mapping of the boards

Go to Step 12.

The board software version is inconsistent

with version mapping of the boards

1. Ensure that the program files of the board in

the OMU active workspace installation\bin

\fam on the OMU board are correct. If the

files are incorrect, contact Huawei engineers

for the correct files.

2. Run the RST BRD command to reset the

 board.

3. Go back to Step 9.

NOTE

You can obtain the correct version mapping of the boards from the corresponding version document.

Step 12 Run the DSP CLK  command to query the clock status of the SCUa board and the SCUb

 board in the MPS.

If... Then...

The clock status of the SCUa board and the SCUb board

are Normal

The replacement is complete.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

78

Page 89: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 89/272

If... Then...

The clock status of the SCUa board and the SCUb board

are Abnormal

Go to Step 9

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious

 physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,

fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing

a board, pay attention to the following points:

l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.

l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.

l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.

Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.

NOTE

You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.

9.11 Replacing a GOUc/GOUe Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty GOUc/GOUe board. The GOUc/GOUe board is

hot-swappable. The replacement scenarios include: replacing a GOUc board with another GOUc, replacing a GOUe board with another GOUe board, replacing a GOUe board with a

GOUc board, replacing a GOUc board with a GOUe board. It takes about 5 minutes from the

time that cables on the original board are removed to the time software is successfully loaded

on the new board.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a flat-head

screwdriver, an ESD box or bag, dustfree cloth, and a fiber cleaner.

l A new GOUc/GOUe board is ready.

l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

79

Page 90: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 90/272

Context

NOTICEl To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD

wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD

connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,

wear ESD gloves.

l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use

a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a

to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTICE

l If the GOUc/GOUe board is standby and the data over the port on the GOUc/GOUe board

are backed up, replacing the standby GOUc/GOUe board has no adverse impact on the

system.

l When the GOUc/GOUe boards work in board backup mode and the ports work in load sharing

mode, replacing the standby GOUc/GOUe board interrupts part of services if the total traffic

over the ports exceeds the bandwidth of the ports on the active board. When the GOUc/GOUe

 boards work in board backup mode with independent ports, replacing the standby GOUc/

GOUe board interrupts all the services carried on the standby board.

l Replacing a GOUc/GOUe board working in stand-alone mode interrupts the services on that

 board.

l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using only a GOUc/GOUe board,

replacing the GOUc/GOUe board interrupts ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its

 peer equipment.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the LST SUBRACK  command to query the backup status of the GOUc/GOUe board to be

replaced.

If... Then...

Backup type is Backup Go to Step 2.

Backup type is No backup Go to Step 5.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

80

Page 91: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 91/272

NOTE

If two BSC6900 boards work in backup mode, the boards must be installed in an even-numbered slot and

in the slot numbered with the slot No. plus 1. For example, if boards in slots 14 and 15 do not work in

active/standby mode, they both work in stand-alone mode.

Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the GOUa/GOUc/GOUe board to be replaced.

If... Then...

CPU status is Active normal 1. Run the SWP BRD command to switch the board

over to standby status.

2. Go to Step 3.

NOTICE

Run this command when traffic is light, for example, at

midnight.

The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Run the DSP ETHPORT command to query the backup status of all the ports on the GOUc/

GOUe board to be replaced.

If... Then...

The ports are configured in independent

mode

Go to Step 4.

The ports are configured in active/standby

mode, and the ports are active

1. Run the SWP ETHPORT command toswitch the active port to standby status.

2. Go to Step 5.

The ports are configured in active/standby

mode, and the ports are standby

Go to Step 5.

Step 4 Run the DSP IPPATH command to query the status of board to be replaced.

If... Then...

IPPATH status is AVAILABLE 1. Run the BLK IPPATH command to block the IP

 path.

2. Go to Step 5.

IPPATH status is UNAVAILABLE Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Modify the board setting.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

81

Page 92: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 92/272

If... Then...

Replacing a board with a board of the same

hardware version (Including a GOUc

board is replaced by another GOUc board,a GOUe board is replaced by another

GOUe board

Go to Step 6.

Replacing a board with a board of a later

hardware version (Including a GOUe

board is replaced by a GOUc board, a

GOUc board is replaced by a GOUe board)

l Run the MOD BRD command on the LMT

to modify board settings.

l Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check whether the labels on the optical cable connected to the GOUc/GOUe are legible. If the

labels are illegible, attach a new label to the cables to avoid improper connection after the board

is replaced.

Step 7 Remove the optical cables and cap the connectors. If the connectors are dirty, clean them with

the dustfree cloth or the fiber cleaner.

Step 8 Remove the board by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board and cap the optical ports.

Step 9 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.

The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator 

 blinks every other 0.125s.

Step 10 Remove the caps from optical ports and connectors, and reserve them for later use. Then, install

the optical cables by referring to the labels.

Step 11 If the RUN indicator blinks every other second, run DSP BRD to query the status of the new

 board.

If... Then...

CPU status is Active normal or Standby normal Go to Step 13.

The CPU is in another status Go to Step 12.

Step 12 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the LMT.

If... Then...

Alarms caused by a faulty board are

reported

1. Locate and rectify the fault according to the

alarm help information.

2. Go to Step 11.

No alarms caused by the faulty board are

reported

Go to Step 13.

Step 13Run the CMP BRDVER  command to check whether the software version of the new board is

consistent with the board version matching table.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

82

Page 93: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 93/272

If... Then...

The board version is consistent with the

board version matching table

Go to Step 14.

The board version is inconsistent with the

board version matching table

1. Ensure that the program files of the board in

the OMU active workspace installation\bin

\fam on the OMUa are correct. If the

 program files are incorrect, contact Huawei

engineers.

2. Run RST BRD to reset the board.

3. Go to Step 11.

NOTE

You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.

Step 14 If the IP path is blocked in Step 4, run the UBL IPPATH command to unblock the IP Path.

Otherwise, go to Step 15 directly.

Step 15 Verify this board is functioning correctly by testing the CS services with dialing and PS services

with web browsing.

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious

 physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,

fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing

a board, pay attention to the following points:

l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.

l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.

l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.

Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.

NOTE

You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.

9.12 Replacing a GOUa Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty GOUa board. The GOUa board is hot-swappable.

It takes about five minutes to replace the board.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a flat-head

screwdriver, an ESD box or bag, dustfree cloth, and a fiber cleaner.

l A new GOUa board is ready.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

83

Page 94: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 94/272

Page 95: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 95/272

Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the GOUa board to be replaced.

If... Then...

CPU status is Active normal 1. Run the SWP BRD command to switch the boardover to standby status.

2. Go to Step 3.

NOTICE

Run this command when traffic is light, for example, at

midnight.

The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Run the DSP ETHPORT command to query the backup status of all the ports on the GOUa

 board to be replaced.

If... Then...

The ports are configured in independent

mode

Go to Step 4.

The ports are configured in active/standby

mode, and the ports are active

1. Run the SWP ETHPORT command to

switch the active port to standby status.

2. Go to Step 5.

The ports are configured in active/standbymode, and the ports are standby

Go to Step 5.

Step 4 Run the DSP IPPATH command to query the status of board to be replaced.

If... Then...

IPPATH status is AVAILABLE 1. Run the BLK IPPATH command to block the IP

 path.

2. Go to Step 5.

IPPATH status is UNAVAILABLE Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Check whether the labels on the optical cable connected to the GOUa are legible. If the labels

are illegible, attach a new label to the cables to avoid improper connection after the board is

replaced.

Step 6 Remove the optical cables and cap the connectors. If the connectors are dirty, clean them with

the dustfree cloth or the fiber cleaner.

Step 7 Remove the board by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board and cap the optical ports.

Step 8 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

85

Page 96: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 96/272

The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator 

 blinks every other 0.125s.

Step 9 Remove the caps from optical ports and connectors, and reserve them for later use. Then, install

the optical cables by referring to the labels.

Step 10 If the RUN indicator blinks every other second, run DSP BRD to query the status of the new

 board.

If... Then...

CPU status is Active normal or Standby normal Go to Step 12.

The CPU is in another status Go to Step 11.

Step 11 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the LMT.

If... Then...

Alarms caused by a faulty board are

reported

1. Locate and rectify the fault according to the

alarm help information.

2. Go to Step 10.

No alarms caused by the faulty board are

reported

Go to Step 12.

Step 12 Run the CMP BRDVER  command to check whether the software version of the new board is

consistent with the board version matching table.

If... Then...

The board version is consistent with the

board version matching table

Go to Step 13.

The board version is inconsistent with the

board version matching table

1. Ensure that the program files of the board in

the OMU active workspace installation\bin

\fam on the OMUa are correct. If the program files are incorrect, contact Huawei

engineers.

2. Run RST BRD to reset the board.

3. Go to Step 10.

NOTE

You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.

Step 13If the IP path is blocked in Step 4, run the UBL IPPATH command to unblock the IP Path.

Otherwise, go to Step 14 directly.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

86

Page 97: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 97/272

Step 14 Verify this board is functioning correctly by testing the CS services with dialing and PS services

with web browsing. Check whether the optimization feature runs normally. For details, see the

Activation Observation section of the Engineering Guidelines chapter in Adaptive ICIC ,

 Automatic Neighbor Relation – UMTS , Automatic Neighbor Relation – GSM , and Scrambling 

Code Self-Optimization – UMTS .

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious

 physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,

fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing

a board, pay attention to the following points:

l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.

l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.

l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.

Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.

NOTE

You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.

9.13 Replacing a NIUa Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty NIUa board. The NIUa board is hot-swappable.

It takes about two minutes to replace the board.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, and an ESD

 box or bag.

l A new NIUa board is ready.

l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.

Context

NOTICE

l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD

wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is pro perly connected to the ESD

connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,

wear ESD gloves.

l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use

a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a

to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

87

Page 98: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 98/272

Procedure

Step 1 Run the LST SUBRACK  command to query the inhibited status of the board.

If... Then...

The query result of Logical INH Status or

Physical INH Status includes the NIUa

board to be replaced

Go to Step 2.

The query result of Logical INH Status

and Physical INH Status does not include

the NIUa board to be replaced

1. Run the INH BRD command to physically

inhibit the board.

2. Go to Step 2.

Step 2 Remove the NIUa board to be replaced by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board.

Step 3 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.

The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator 

 blinks every other 0.125s.

Step 4 Run the UIN BRD command to unblock the new board.

Step 5 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the new board.

If... Then...

CPU status is Normal Go to Step 7.

CPU status is not Normal Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the LMT.

If... Then...

Alarms caused by a faulty board are

reported

1. Identify and rectify the fault according to the

alarm information.

2. Go to Step 5.

No alarms caused by the faulty board are

reported

Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Run the CMP BRDVER  command to check whether the software version of the new board is

consistent with the board version matching table.

If... Then...

The board version is consistent with the

board version matching table

Go to Step 8.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

88

Page 99: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 99/272

If... Then...

The board version is inconsistent with the

board version matching table

1. Ensure that the program files of the board in

the OMU active workspace installation\bin

\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program

files are incorrect, contact Huawei

engineers.

2. Run the RST BRD command to reset the

 board.

3. Go to Step 5.

NOTE

You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.

Step 8 Test the CS services by dialing and the PS services by browsing web pages to ensure that the

new board is functional.

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious

 physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,

fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing

a board, pay attention to the following points:

l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.

l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.

l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.

Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.

NOTE

You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.

9.14 Replacing an OMU Board

This section describes how to replace an OMU board. A faulty OMU board needs to be replaced

to prevent data from being lost when OMU operation and maintenance are interrupted due to

disconnection between the OMU and host boards. For details about how to replace an OMU

 board for other purposes, also see this section.

Prerequisites

l The tools required for replacing an OMU board are prepared: an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips

screwdriver, a flat-head screwdriver, a wrench, and an ESD box or bag.

l A new OMU board is prepared.

l The following installation information about the OMU board to be replaced is obtained:

– FTP server password

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

89

Page 100: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 100/272

– Administrator password

– Operating system (OS) type of the OMU board

– Information about all IP addresses of the OMU board, including external fixed IP

address (external gateway IP address), external virtual IP address, internal fixed IP

address, internal virtual IP address, backup channel IP address of the active and standby

OMUs, and debugging IP address.

l The version software required for installing the new OMU board is obtained. A

Dopra_Linux_U tool, SUSE Linux OS installation disk, or Windows 2003 OS installation

disk is prepared for a new OMU board whose OS is Dopra Linux, SUSE Linux, and

Windows 2003 respectively.

NOTE

Contact Huawei engineers who can obtain the installation package and tool by performing the

following operation:

l Obtaining the version installation package:

1. Contact Huawei engineers to obtain the version installation package from http://support.huawei.com/carrier/#click=main3 and enter Software Version in the search

window. Then, download the version installation package.

2. Click Software Version VER  to obtain the BSC6900 version installation package.

l Obtaining the USB Disk Tool:

l Contact Huawei engineers to obtain the USB Disks tool from http://support.huawei.com/

carrier/#click=main3 and enter SingleRAN_O&M tools in the search window. Then,

download the USB Disks tool.

Context

Figure 9-13 shows the procedure for replacing an OMU board.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

90

Page 101: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 101/272

Figure 9-13 Procedure for replacing an OMU board

 

9.14.1 Checking OMU Status Before Replacing an OMU Board

This section describes how to check the OMU status before replacing an OMU board. To ensure

OMU data consistency before and after a replacement, users need to check the status of the OMU

 board to be replaced before a replacement. Users need to query and record the OMU board

information, active or standby state, and data synchronization status.

Prerequisites

l

The OMU board to be replaced is not faulty and can perform operation and maintenancefunctions.

Context

If the OMU board to be replaced is faulty and cannot perform operation and maintenance

functions, skip the task in this section. Obtain the latest OMU system backup data and replace

the OMU board by referring to 9.14.2 Scenario: Replacing an OMU Board in Single-OMU

Mode, 9.14.3 Scenario: Replacing the Standby OMU in Dual-OMU Mode, or 9.14.5

Scenario: Replacing Active and Standby OMUs in Dual-OMU Mode.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

91

Page 102: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 102/272

Page 103: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 103/272

2. Enter su

3. Enter the root user password to switch the user account from common user or lgnusr user 

to root user.

4. Enter cd /mbsc/bam/version_a/bin/bam to go to the directory where the root_login.sh

script is saved.

5. Enter chmod +x root_login.sh to make the root_login.sh script executable.

6. Enter ./root_login.sh status to query the status of root user login to the OMU using SSH.

7. Type ./root_login.sh, and press Enter. Enable or disable the remote login function for user 

root based on the command help.

NOTE

Parameter description:

l Configuration status specifies the status that the user root needs to be set to.

l Actual status means the status of the user root.

l enabled means that the user root is allowed to log in to the OMU. disabled means that the user root is

forbidden to log in to the OMU.

l If the returned result is The script does not support this system!, the operating system of the OMUc board

does not support the Forbid User Root function.

Step 3 Log in to the LMT by referring to Log in to the LMT.

Step 4 Check consistency in the configuration data, version software, and license.

1. Run the MML command ACT CRC to check whether the configuration data of all

BSC6900 host boards and the OMU board is consistent.

Expected result: The returned result shows that the data is consistent.2. Run the MML command CMP BRDVER  to check whether the running versions of all

BSC6900 host boards and the OMU board are consistent.

Expected result: The returned result shows that the versions are consistent.

3. Run the MML command CMP LICENSE to check whether the licenses of all BSC6900

host boards and the OMU board are consistent.

Expected result: The returned result shows that the licenses are consistent.

NOTE

l If the configuration data is inconsistent, resolve it by referring to the handling suggestions in ALM-20736

Data Inconsistency Between OMU and Host.l If the software versions are inconsistent, resolve it by referring to ALM-20733 Software Version

Inconsistency Between OMU and Host.

l If the licenses are inconsistent, resolve it by referring to ALM-20734 License Inconsistency Between OMU

and Host.

Step 5 Run the MML command LST VER . Query and record the value of OS type.

Step 6 Run the MML command LST TZ. Query and record the time zone and daylight saving

time.

Step 7 Run the MML command LST MBSCMODE. Query and record the OMU mode.

Step 8 Query and record the external gateway IP address of the OMU board to be replaced.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

93

Page 104: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 104/272

Option Description

If the OMU OS is Dopra Linux or SUSE

Linux

1. Log in to the OMU by referring to Logging In

to the OMU.

2. Enter the command route and press Enter.Query and record the value of Gateway whose

Destination is set to default.

If the OMU OS is Windows 1. Log in to the OMU by referring to Logging In

to the OMU.

2. Choose Start > Run, type cmd, and press

Enter to enter the OMU command mode.

3. Enter the command ipconfig and press Enter.

Query and record the value of Default

Gateway corresponding to External Network 

Team.

Step 9 Query the information about the OMU board to be replaced.

l When the board is OMUa board, run the MML command DSP OMU, and record the

information in Table 9-1.

Table 9-1 OMU board status information table

Item Setting Information Example

Computer name OMU_21

Internal network fixed IP 172.16.3.50

External network fixed IP 10.168.172.2

Backup network IP 192.168.3.50

Operational state Active normal

Version XXXXXX

External network virtual IP 10.168.192.5

External network virtual IP mask 255.255.254.0

Internal network virtual IP 172.16.3.40

Internal network virtual IP mask 255.0.0.0

Data-sync state Normal

 

l When the board is OMUc board, run the DSP OMU and record in Table 9-2. The Backup

network IP is based on the following:

– Run the ifconfig bond3 command to query the backup network IP of B_UPDATE0.

– Run the ifconfig bond4 command to query the backup network IP of B_UPDATE1.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

94

Page 105: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 105/272

Table 9-2 OMU board status information table

Item Setting Information Example

Computer name OMU_21

Internal network fixed IP 172.16.3.50

External network fixed IP 10.168.172.2

Backup network IP of B_UPDATE0 192.168.9.50

Backup network IP of B_UPDATE1 192.168.3.50

Operational state Active normal

Version XXXXXX

External network virtual IP 10.168.192.5

External network virtual IP mask 255.255.254.0

Internal network virtual IP 172.16.3.40

Internal network virtual IP mask 255.0.0.0

Data-sync state Normal

 

NOTE

l If only one OMU board is configured, Data-sync state is not included in the queried information.

l Query and record the debugging IP address of the OMU board to be replaced.

l If the OMU operating system is Dopra Linux, log in to the OMU and execute ifconfig bond2 to query

the debugging IP address.

l If the OMU operating system is SUSE Linux, log in to the OMU and execute ifconfig eth2 to query the

debugging IP address.

l If the OMU operating system is Windows, log in to the OMU and query the debugging IP address

configured in Eth2 properties of Network Connections.

If... Then...

The MPS is equipped with two OMU

boards

Perform operations described in Step 10.

The MPS is equipped with one OMU board Perform operations described in 9.14.2

Scenario: Replacing an OMU Board in

Single-OMU Mode.

Step 10 Run the MML command DSP OMUMODULE to query the status of the OMU processes.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

95

Page 106: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 106/272

If... Then...

State is Active or Stopped  Perform operations described in Step 11.

State is Abnormal Contact Huawei technical support.

Step 11 Check whether the OMU board to be replaced is active or standby.

If... Then...

The board is in Standby normal state Perform operations described in 9.14.3

Scenario: Replacing the Standby OMU in

Dual-OMU Mode.

The board is in Active normal state Perform operations described in Step 12.

Step 12 Based on Data-sync state queried in Step 9, do as follows:

If... Then...

Data-sync state is not Data

synchronization is successful

Clear alarms by referring to ALM-20701

OMU Failure Switchover and ALM-20704

OMU Data Synchronization Failure. Go to

Step 13 after the alarms are cleared.

Data-sync state is Data synchronization

is successful

Perform operations described in Step 13.

Step 13 Run the MML command SWP OMU to manually switch over the active and standby OMU

 boards. Wait 5 minutes, and run the DSP OMU command to check that the OMU board to be

replaced is in the standby state and Data-sync state is set to Data synchronization is

successful. Replace the OMU board by referring to 9.14.3 Scenario: Replacing the Standby

OMU in Dual-OMU Mode.

----End

9.14.2 Scenario: Replacing an OMU Board in Single-OMU Mode

This section describes how to replace an OMU board when only one OMU is configured on

BSC6900. In this scenario, OMU operation and maintenance of the host boards are interrupted.

Context

l Replacing an OMU board in single-OMU mode will disconnect the OMU board from the

host boards and interrupt OMU operation and maintenance. System running data during

this period of time will be lost.

Replacing an OMU board in single-OMU mode occurs in one the following scenarios:

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

96

Page 107: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 107/272

Scenario: Old and New OMU Boards Running the Same OS

This section describes how to replace an OMU board of a BSC6900 configured with only one

OMU board when the OMU board to be replaced and the new OMU board run the same operating

system (OS).

Prerequisites

l You have logged in to the LMT. For detailed operations, see Logging In to and Logging

Out of the LMT.

l It is recommended that the new board be the same type as the boe\ard to be replaced.

NOTE

The OMUc board only runs the Dopra Linux OS.

ContextIf the OMU board to be replaced is faulty and cannot undergo operation and maintenance, skip

 procedures for backing up and saving the data and obtain the latest backup data for restoring the

data. The following procedures take a functional OMU board as an example.

NOTICE

To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strap

and insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For 

detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground

 point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.

Procedure

l Back up OMU system data to an OMU hard disk.

Run the MML command BKP DB to back up system files to the specified path. In this step,

set Path of Backup File and File Name to appropriate values.

l Save the performance configuration files, SSL certificate files, license files, and OMU

system data to the LMT PC.

1. Start the file manager on the LMT. For detailed operations, seeFile Manager.

2. Select the files to be downloaded in the corresponding directories and click 

Download.

NOTE

Run the MML command LST OMUAREA to query the OMU active workspace. Assuming that

the OMU active workspace is version_a:

l Performance configuration files are saved in the directory \bam\version_a\ftp\DefaultMeas.

Only DefaultMeas_Active.xml and DefaultMeas_Standby.xml need to be backed up.

l License files are saved in the directory \bam\version_a\ftp\license.

3. Optional: Apply for a digital certificate.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

97

Page 108: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 108/272

4. Remove the OMU board to be replaced and insert the new one. For detailed operations,

see Replacing an OMU board that is configured with new ejector levers or 

Replacing an OMU board that is configured with old ejector levers.

l Optional: Replacing an OMU board that is configured with new ejector levers

1. Unscrew the captive screws on the OMU board counterclockwise, as shown in part A

of Figure 9-14.

Figure 9-14 Removing an OMU board that is configured with new ejector levers

 

NOTE

The preceding figure takes an OMUa board as an example. The procedure for an OMUc board

is similar.

2. Optional: If the board is an OMUc board, gently press the PWRBTN button.

3. Press and hold the two locking buttons, flip outward the ejector levers on the OMU

 board panel to unlock them, as shown in part B of Figure 9-14.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

98

Page 109: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 109/272

Page 110: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 110/272

9. Secure the screws on the OMU board, as shown in part D of Figure 9-15.

The new board automatically loads software and configuration data, and the RUN

LED blinks 0.125 second on and 0.125 second off.

10. Connect the cables by referring to the labels.

l Optional: Replacing an OMU board that is configured with old ejector levers

1. Unscrew the captive screws on the OMU board counterclockwise, as shown in part A

of Figure 9-16.

Figure 9-16 Removing an OMU board that is configured with old ejector levers

 

NOTE

The preceding figure takes an OMUa board as an example. The procedure for an OMUc board

is similar.

2. Optional: If the board is an OMUc board, gently press the PWRBTN button.

3. Flip outward the ejector levers of the OMU board, as shown in part B of Figure

9-16.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

100

Page 111: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 111/272

4. Remove the Ethernet cable, mouse cable, keyboard cable, and monitor cable (if 

configured) from the OMU board after the OFFLINE LED flashes fast and then is

steady blue.

5. Fully rotate the ejector levers outwards of the OMU board to separate it from the

 backplane. Remove the OMU board along the guide rails, as shown in part C of Figure9-16.

6. Flip outward the ejector levers of the new OMU board, as shown in part A of Figure

9-17.

7. Slide the new board along the guide rails into the subrack, as shown in part B ofFigure

9-17.

Figure 9-17 Installing an OMU board that is configured with old ejector levers

 

NOTE

l The preceding figure takes an OMUa board as an example. The procedure for an OMUc

 board is similar.

l The OMUa board can be installed in slots 0 to 3, slots 20 to 23, or slots 24 to 27 in the MPS

at the bottom of the MPR. Slots 20 to 23 are recommended.

l The OMUc boards can be installed in slots 0 to 3, slots 20 to 23, or slots 24 to 27 in the

MPS at the bottom of the MPR. Slots 24 to 25 are recommended.

8. Flip inward the ejector levers of the OMU board until they are in position, as shown

in part C of Figure 9-17.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

101

Page 112: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 112/272

9. Secure the screws on the OMU board, as shown in part D of Figure 9-17.

The new board automatically loads software and configuration data, and the RUN

LED blinks 0.125 second on and 0.125 second off.

10. Connect the cables by referring to the labels.

l Install product software and change IP addresses of the new OMU.

1. Install product software as instructed in Table 9-3.

Table 9-3 Criteria for operations (1)

If... Then...

The OMU OS is

Dopra Linux or Suse

Linux

1. Optional: Uninstall the product software on the new

OMU board.

NOTE

If the new OMU board is configured with the product

software, perform this step to uninstall the product softwareof an earlier version.

If the new OMU board is not configured with the OMU

applications, skip this step and proceed to b.

a. Log in to the OMU using the external network fixed

IP address.

 b. Enter /etc/rc.d/omud start to start the omud

c. Enter uninstall_bam in any directory of the OMU.

d. The message Uninstall standby area. input Y to

continue; input E to exit. is displayed. Enter Y to

uninstall the product software from the standbyworkspace of the standby OMU.

e. Enter uninstall_bam.

f. The message Uninstall main area. input Y to

continue; input E to exit. is displayed. Perform the

following operations based on actual conditions.

2. Install product software as instructed inInstall product

software of Scenario: Old OMU Running SUSE

Linux and New OMU Running Dopra Linux.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

102

Page 113: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 113/272

If... Then...

The OMU OS is

Windows

1. Optional: Uninstall the product software on the new

OMU board.

NOTEIf the new OMU board is configured with the product

software, perform this step to uninstall the product software

of an earlier version.

If the new OMU board is not configured with the OMU

applications, skip this step and proceed to b.

a. Log in to the OMU using the external network fixed

IP address.

 b. Run the net start omud command to start the omud

c. Click Start > Run and the Run interface is

displayed.

d. In the Run interface, run the uninstall_bam

command and click OK .

e. Enter  Y, and press Enter until the Uninstall OMU

succeed! message is displayed.

f. Go to 4 after uninstalling the product software in the

standby workspace. Perform to 5 uninstall the

 product software in the active workspace. This task 

is completed.

2. Install product software as instructed inInstall product

software of Scenario: Old OMU Running Windows

and New OMU Running Dopra Linux.

 

2. Change IP addresses of the new OMU so that they match those of the OMU board to

 be replaced, as instructed in Table 9-4.

Perform either of the following operation to change IP addresses of the new OMU:

– Run the MOD OMUIP command. This operation can be performed only if the

local commissioning network adapter is connected to the OMU. For details about

this operation, see the description of the MOD OMUIP command in the MML

command reference.

– Use the omutool to change IP addresses of the OMU. For details, see the following

steps.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

103

Page 114: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 114/272

Table 9-4 Criteria for operations (2)

If... Then...

The OMU OS is

Dopra Linux

1. Type the command cd /mbsc/bam/version_a/bin/

bam and press Enter to navigate to the directorycontaining omutool.

2. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP

addresses of the replaced OMU board.

l Execute ./omutool innercard IP address to change

the internal fixed IP address.

l Execute ./omutool innervip IP address to change

the internal virtual IP address.

l Execute ./omutool extercard IP address mask 

(gateway) to change the external fixed IP address

and subnet mask.l Execute ./omutool extervip IP address subnet mask 

(gateway IP address) to change the external virtual

IP address and subnet mask.

l Use the command ./omutool backupcard IP 

address to change the backup channel IP address of 

the active and standby OMUs of the ETH3-

UPDATE Ethernet adapter on an OMUa board.

l Use the command ./omutool

backupcard_for_omuc  IP address to change the

 backup channel IP address of the active and standby

OMUs of the B_UPDATE0 Ethernet adapter on an

OMUc board.

l Use the command ./omutool

backupcard_for_omua  IP address to change the

 backup channel IP address of the active and standby

OMUs of the B_UPDATE1 Ethernet adapter on an

OMUc board.

l Execute ./omutool debugcard IP address to change

the commissioning IP address.

NOTE

Changing the debugging IP address immediatelydisconnects the LMT PC from the OMU board. Use the

new debugging IP address to connect the LMT PC to the

OMU board again.

3. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start and press

Enter to start the omud process.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

104

Page 115: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 115/272

If... Then...

The OMU OS is Suse

Linux

1. Type the command cd /BSC6000/data/mbsc/bam/

version_a/bin/bam and press Enter to navigate to the

directory containing omutool.2. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP

addresses of the replaced OMU board.

l Execute ./omutool innercard IP address to change

the internal fixed IP address.

l Execute ./omutool innervip IP address to change

the internal virtual IP address.

l Execute ./omutool extercard IP address mask 

(gateway) to change the external fixed IP address

and subnet mask.

lExecute ./omutool extervip IP address subnet mask (gateway IP address) to change the external virtual

IP address and subnet mask.

l Use the command ./omutool backupcard IP 

address to change the backup channel IP address of 

the active and standby OMUs of the ETH3-

UPDATE Ethernet adapter on an OMUa board.

l Execute ./omutool debugcard IP address to change

the commissioning IP address.

NOTE

Changing the debugging IP address immediately

disconnects the LMT PC from the OMU board. Use thenew debugging IP address to connect the LMT PC to the

OMU board again.

3. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start and press

Enter to start the omud process.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

105

Page 116: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 116/272

If... Then...

The OMU OS is

Windows

1. Choose Start > Run, type cmd, and press Enter to

enter the OMU command mode.

2. Type the command cd /d d:\mbsc\bam\version_a\bin\bam and press Enter to navigate to the directory

containing omutool.

3. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP

addresses of the replaced OMU board.

l Execute omutool innercard IP address to change

the internal fixed IP address.

l Execute omutool innervip IP address to change the

internal virtual IP address.

l Execute omutool extercard IP address subnet 

mask (gateway IP address) to change the externalfixed IP address and subnet mask.

l Execute ./omutool extervip IP address subnet mask 

(gateway IP address) to change the external virtual

IP address and subnet mask.

l Use the command omutool backupcard IP 

address to change the backup channel IP address of 

the active and standby OMUs of the ETH3-

UPDATE Ethernet adapter on an OMUa board.

l Execute omutool debugcard IP address to change

the commissioning IP address.

NOTE

Changing the debugging IP address immediately

disconnects the LMT PC from the OMU board. Use the

new debugging IP address to connect the LMT PC to the

OMU board again.

4. Type the command net start omud to start the omud

 progress.

 

3. Remove the debugging Ethernet cable from the OMU board panel.

l Install the operating system patch and upgrade the Ethernet adapter drive as shown in Table

9-5.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

106

Page 117: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 117/272

Table 9-5 Criteria for operations (3)

If... Then...

The OMU OS is Suse

Linux

Contact Huawei engineers to obtain the Hash value calculation

tool from http://support.huawei.com/carrier/#click=main3and enter SingleRAN_O&M tools in the search window.

Then, download the OMU Driver Upgrade CHS ***.rar and

get Upgrade Guide to OMU Linux Ethernet Adapter Driver 

and OMU driver upgrade tool. Please refer to BSC6900

Upgrade Guide to OMU O&M Panel Adapter Driver  to

upgrade the OMU adapter driver.

NOTE

Suse Linux Operating System has no patch.

The OMU OS is

Windows

Download and decompress the Upgrade Guide to OMU

Windows Operating System and Ethernet Adapter Driver.

rar file from the release document. Decompress the package

and obtain the Upgrade Guide to OMU Windows Operating 

System and Ethernet Adapter Driver .

 

l Restore OMU data.

1. Connect the LMT PC to the OMU external network.

2. Log in to the LMT. For detailed operations, see Logging In to and Logging Out of the

LMT. On the LMT, start the file manager. For detailed operations, see File Manager.

3. Select the target file on the LMT PC and click Upload to upload the saved OMU

system data to the active workspace. Ensure that the upload path is the same as the backup data download path.

4. Perform operations described in Table 9-6 based on the OMU OS type.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

107

Page 118: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 118/272

Table 9-6 Criteria for operations (4)

If... Then...

The OMU OS is

Dopra Linux

1. Log in to the OMU using the external network fixed IP

address. For detailed operations, see Logging In to theOMU.

2. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud stop and press

Enter to stop the omud process.

3. Type the command cd /mbsc/bam/common/services

and press Enter to navigate to the directory containing

the omu_backup_linker tool.

4. Type the command ./omu_backup_linker and press

Enter to start the omu_backup_linker tool.

5. A message is displayed "Please input a valid

bkp_res_type :." Type restore and press Enter.6. A message is displayed "Please input a valid

backup file pathname : ." Type the backup

file save path and the file name and press Enter. The

system starts to restore data. A message will be

displayed showing success or failure, for example,

"Restore OMU database succeed!" may be

displayed.

7. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start and press

Enter to start the omud process.

The OMU OS is SuseLinux

1. Log in to the OMU using the external network fixed IPaddress. For detailed operations, see Logging In to the

OMU.

2. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud stop and press

Enter to stop the omud process.

3. Type the command cd /BSC6000/data/mbsc/bam/

common/services and press Enter to navigate to the

directory containing the omu_backup_linker tool.

4. Type the command ./omu_backup_linker and press

Enter to start the omu_backup_linker tool.

5. A message is displayed "Please input a validbkp_res_type :." Type restore and press Enter.

6. A message is displayed "Please input a valid

backup file pathname : ." Type the backup

file save path and the file name and press Enter. The

system starts to restore data. A message will be

displayed showing success or failure, for example,

"Restore OMU database succeed!" may be

displayed.

7. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start and press

Enter to start the omud process.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

108

Page 119: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 119/272

If... Then...

The OMU OS is

Windows

1. Log in to the OMU using the external network fixed IP

address. For detailed operations, see Logging In to the

OMU.2. Choose Start > Run, type cmd, and press Enter to

enter the OMU command mode.

3. Type the command net stop omud to stop the omud

 progress.

4. Type the command cd /d d:\mbsc\bam\common

\services and press Enter to navigate to the directory

containing the omu_backup_linker tool.

5. Type the commandomu_backup_linker.exe and press

Enter to start the omu_backup_linker tool.

6. A message is displayed "Please input a validbkp_res_type :." Type restore and press Enter.

7. Type the backup file save path and the file name and

 press Enter. The system starts to restore data. A

message will be displayed showing success or failure,

for example, "Restore OMU database

succeed!" may be displayed.

8. Type the command net start omud to start the omud

 progress.

 

l Go to 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board.

----End

Scenario: Old OMU Board Running Dopra Linux and New OMU Board Running 

SUSE Linux/Windows

This section describes how to replace an OMU board of a BSC6900 equipped with only one

OMU board when the OMU board to be replaced runs the Dopra Linux operating system (OS)

and the new OMU board runs the SUSE Linux/Windows OS.

Prerequisites

l You have logged in to the LMT. For detailed operations, see Logging In to and Logging

Out of the LMT.

l It is recommended that the new board be the same type as the boe\ard to be replaced.

NOTE

The OMUc board only runs the Dopra Linux OS.

l A USB installation disk has been prepared. For detailed operations, see Preparing a USB

Flash Drive. The operation type is set to Install and product software and patches are

installed during the preparation.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

109

Page 120: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 120/272

Context

When the new OMU board runs a different OS from that of the OMU board to be replaced, it is

recommended that you switch the OS of the new OMU board to that of the old OMU board.

This facilitates user operations. To meet special requirements, do not switch the OS but directlyinstall product software on the new OMU board by referring to Install product software of the

new OMU. in Scenario: Old and New OMU Boards Running the Same OS .

If the OMU board to be replaced is faulty and cannot undergo operation and maintenance, skip

 procedures for backing up and saving the data and obtain the latest backup data for restoring the

data. The following procedures take a functional OMU board as an example.

NOTICE

To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strapand insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For 

detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground

 point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.

Procedure

l Back up OMU system data to an OMU hard disk.

Run the MML command BKP DB to back up system files to the specified path. In this step,

set Path of Backup File and File Name to appropriate values.

l Save the perf ormance configuration files, SSL certificate files, license files, and OMU

system data to the LMT PC.

1. Start the file manager on the LMT. For detailed operations, seeFile Manager.

2. Select the files to be downloaded in the corresponding directories and click 

Download.

NOTE

Run the MML command LST OMUAREA to query the OMU active workspace. Assuming that

the OMU active workspace is version_a:

l Performance configuration files are saved in the directory \bam\version_a\ftp\DefaultMeas.

Only DefaultMeas_Active.xml and DefaultMeas_Standby.xml need to be backed up.

l License files are saved in the directory \bam\version_a\ftp\license.

l Remove the OMU board to be replaced and insert the new one. For detailed operations, see

Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with new ejector levers or Replacing an

OMU board that is equipped with old ejector levers.

l Use the USB installation disk to switch the OMU OS and install product software.

1. Optional: If the OMU BIOS version is V013 or V031, prepare a serial cable, monitor,

and USB keyboard so that the OMU can be restarted from the USB flash drive. For 

details, see Setting the First Boot Device of the OMU to USB.

2. Insert the prepared USB installation disk into any USB port on the OMU panel.

3. Remove and inser t the OMU board to reset it.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

110

Page 121: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 121/272

NOTE

After the OMU board restarts, it automatically installs OS and software.

4. Wait 1 to 2 minutes and then use the USB flash drive to install the OMU operating

system. Check the status of indicators on the OMU board panel to determine whether 

the OMU operating system is installed successfully.

– If only the operating system is to be installed on the OMU, check the indicator 

status. See Table 9-7.

– If the operating system and applications are to be installed on the OMU, check the

indicator status. See Table 9-8.

NOTE

If the status of the indicators differs from this, the OMU cannot identify the USB flash drive. When

this occurs, prepare another USB flash drive. Alternatively, copy the data in the original USB flash

drive to a new USB flash drive, and then reinstall the OMU operating system.

For details about the time needed for the OMU operating system installation, see Table 1 in Preparing

a USB Flash Drive.

Table 9-7 Status of the indicators on the OMU board panel during the OMU operating

system installation

Board InstallationProcedure

SuccessfulInstallation

FailedInstallation

OMUc   l The RUN

indicator 

 blinks.

l The ALM

indicator 

 blinks.

l The ACT

indicator 

 blinks.

l The OFFLINE

indicator is off.

l The RUN

indicator 

 blinks.

l The ALM

indicator is off.

l The ACT

indicator is off.

l The OFFLINE

indicator 

 blinks.

l The RUN

indicator is off.

l The ALM

indicator 

 blinks.

l The ACT

indicator is off.

l The OFFLINE

indicator 

 blinks.

 

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

111

Page 122: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 122/272

Table 9-8 Status of indicators on the OMU board panel during the OMU operating

system and product software installation

Board InstallationProcedure

SuccessfulInstallation

FailedInstallation

OMUc   l The RUN

indicator 

 blinks.

l The ALM

indicator 

 blinks.

l The ACT

indicator 

 blinks.

l The OFFLINE

indicator is off.

l The RUN

indicator 

 blinks.

l The ALM

indicator is

steady on or 

off.

l The ACT

indicator is

steady on or 

off.

l The OFFLINE

indicator is off.

l The RUN

indicator 

 blinks.

l The ALM

indicator 

 blinks.

l The ACT

indicator is off.

l The OFFLINE

indicator is off.

 

NOTE

l When using a USB installation disk with the operation type set to Install, you must restore the

OMU data.

l When using a USB installation disk with the operation type set to Switch, you do not need to

restore the OMU data.l Restore OMU data.

1. Log in to the LMT. For detailed operations, see Logging In to and Logging Out of the

LMT. On the LMT, start the file manager. For detailed operations, see File Manager.

2. Select the target file on the LMT PC and click Upload to upload the saved OMU

system data to the active workspace. Ensure that the upload path is the same as the

 backup data download path.

3. Log in to the OMU using the external network fixed IP address. For detailed

operations, see Logging In to the OMU.

4. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud stop and press Enter to stop the omud process.

5. Type the command cd /mbsc/bam/common/services and press Enter to navigate to

the directory containing the omu_backup_linker tool.

6. Type the command ./omu_backup_linker and press Enter to start the

omu_backup_linker tool.

7. A message is displayed "Please input a valid bkp_res_type :." Type

restore and press Enter.

8. A message is displayed "Please input a valid backup file

pathname : ." Type the backup file save path and the file name and press Enter.

The system starts to restore data. A message will be displayed showing success or 

failure, for example, "Restore OMU database succeed!" may be displayed.

9. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start and press Enter to start the omud process.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

112

Page 123: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 123/272

Page 124: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 124/272

NOTE

Run the MML command LST OMUAREA to query the OMU active workspace. Assuming that

the OMU active workspace is version_a:

l Performance configuration files are saved in the directory \bam\version_a\ftp\DefaultMeas.

Only DefaultMeas_Active.xml and DefaultMeas_Standby.xml need to be backed up.

l License files are saved in the directory \bam\version_a\ftp\license.

3. Optional: Apply for a digital certificate.

l Install SUSE Linux.

1. On the LMT PC, use EasyInstall to prepare an installation source for SUSE Linux.

For details, see Preparations for Reinstalling the OMU Operating System and Creating

an Installation Source for the Operating System.

2. Connect the local computer to the debugging Ethernet port on each of the new OMUs.

3. Remove the OMU board to be replaced and insert the new one. For detailed operations,

see Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with new ejector levers or 

Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with old ejector levers.

4. Use EasyInstall to install SUSE Linux. For details, see Installing the OMU Operating

System by Using the EasyInstall Software.

l Install product software.

1. Set the IP address of the local computer to the same network segment as the

commissioning IP address of the OMU.

2. Connect to the debugging port of the OMU, and log in to the OMU through the

commissioning IP address. For details, see Uploading the Product Software

Installation Package to the OMU. (The file upload path is /BSC6000/data/mbsc/

upgrade.)

3. Use the commissioning IP address to switch to the directory where the installation

 package is saved. For details, see Logging In to the OMU.

– If the operating system is Dopra Linux, assume that product software installation

 package install_bam.sh is saved in /mbsc/upgrade/VXXXRXXXCXX/install/

setup. Enter the following command and press Enter.

cd /mbsc/upgrade/VXXXRXXXCXX/install/setup

– If the operating system is SUSE Linux, assume that product software installation

 package install_bam.sh is saved in /BSC6000/data/mbsc/upgrade/

VXXXRXXXCXX/install/setup. Enter the following command and press

Enter.

cd /BSC6000/data/mbsc/upgrade/VXXXRXXXCXX/install/setup

4. Enter chmod +x ./install_bam.sh to obtain the permission to run ./install_bam.sh.

5. Enter ./install_bam.sh.

6. The system prompts you to type the product running mode. Type the product running

mode and press Enter.

[2011-05-03 10:12:32] software integrality verify begin...

[2011-05-03 10:12:42] software integrality verify end...

# The run mode of the product

# GO:GSM only

# UO:UMTS only

# GU:GSM and UMTS

# Please select one mode to install.Please input a valid run_mode :

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

114

Page 125: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 125/272

7. The system prompts you to type the office name. Type the office name and press

Enter.

# The name of office

# The name suggest range from 5 to 32 characters.

# The characters suggest be letters, digits, "-"or "_".

Please input a valid office_name :

8. The system prompts you to type the language version. Type the language version and

 press Enter.

# The OMU language version. eg: eng/chs

Please input a valid version :

9. The system prompts you to type the admin password. Type the admin password,

confirm it, and press Enter.

# The "admin" user's password of OMU service.

# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must be

uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.

Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()

_+-{}|[]:<>?./

The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercaseletter,digit or special character at least.

# Do not forget the password.

# You can change the password later, but this password should be provided

first.

Please input a valid admin_password :

Please input a valid Confirm password :

10. The system prompts you to type the FTP password. Type the FTP password, confirm

it, and press Enter.

# The ftp user's password of OMU service

# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must be

uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.

Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()

_+-{}|[]:<>?./The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercase

letter,digit or special character at least.

# Do not forget the password.

# You can change it later, but this password should be provided first.

Please input a valid ftp_password :

Please input a valid Confirm password :

11. Type the external virtual IP address or a valid external virtual configuration based on

the displayed message.

Example for entering the external virtual IP address:

# The extranet virtual IP.

Please input a valid virtual_extranet_ip :

Example for entering the external virtual configuration:

# The extranet IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.

# example: 192.168.1.9/255.255.255.0;192.168.1.1

Please input a valid virtual_extranet_config :

NOTE

l If a fixed external network IP address has been configured for the OMU to be replaced, the

entered external network virtual IP address must be in the same network segment as the fixed

external network IP address for the OMU to be replaced.

lIf a fixed external network IP address has not been configured for the OMU to be replaced, theentered external network virtual IP address can be set based on the actual plan.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

115

Page 126: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 126/272

12. The system prompts you to type the OMU system type. Type the OMU installation

type based on the field configuration and press Enter. Table 1 describes the OMU

system types.

# The OMU system type. eg: Single/Dual

# Single:Install stand-alone system

# Dual:Install dual-OMU system.

The dual-OMU system can effeciently increase the reliability of the OMU

system.

Please input a valid install_type :

Table 9-9 Installation types

Parameters Description

Single When the BSC6900 is configured with

one OMU board, install product

software on the board in single—OMU

mode.

Dual When the BSC6900 is configured with

two OMU boards, install product

software on the boards in dual—OMU

mode.

 

13. The system asks you whether to continue with the installation, as shown:

Please affirm input information. input Y to continue; input E to exit. ->

14. Type Y to install product software. When the message Install OMU

succeed! is displayed, product software are successfully installed.

l Change the IP addresses of the new OMUs to those of the replaced OMUs.

Perform either of the following operation to change IP addresses of the new OMU:

– Run the MOD OMUIP command. This operation can be performed only if the local

commissioning network adapter is connected to the OMU. For details about this

operation, see the description of the MOD OMUIP command in the MML command

reference.

– For details about how to adjust IP addresses of the OMU, see the following steps.

1. Type the command cd /BSC6000/data/mbsc/bam/version_a/bin/bam and press

Enter to navigate to the directory containing omutool.

2. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP addresses of the replaced OMU

board.

– Execute ./omutool innercard IP address to change the internal fixed IP address.

– Execute ./omutool innervip IP address to change the internal virtual IP address.

– Execute ./omutool extercard IP address mask (gateway) to change the external

fixed IP address and subnet mask.

– Execute ./omutool extervip IP address subnet mask (gateway IP address) to

change the external virtual IP address and subnet mask.

– Use the command ./omutool backupcard IP address to change the backup channel

IP address of the active and standby OMUs of the ETH3-UPDATE Ethernet

adapter on an OMUa board.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

116

Page 127: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 127/272

Page 128: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 128/272

Prerequisites

l You have logged in to the LMT. For detailed operations, see Logging In to and Logging

Out of the LMT.

l

It is recommended that the new board be the same type as the boe\ard to be replaced.NOTE

The OMUc board only runs the Dopra Linux OS.

Context

When the new OMU board runs a different OS from that of the OMU board to be replaced, it is

recommended that you switch the OS of the new OMU board to that of the old OMU board.

This facilitates user operations. To meet special requirements, do not switch the OS but directly

install product software on the new OMU board by referring to Install product software of the

new OMU. in Scenario: Old and New OMU Boards Running the Same OS .

If the OMU board to be replaced is faulty and cannot undergo operation and maintenance, skip

 procedures for backing up and saving the data and obtain the latest backup data for restoring the

data. The following procedures take a functional OMU board as an example.

NOTICE

To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strap

and insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For 

detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground

 point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.

Procedure

l Back up OMU system data to an OMU hard disk.

Run the MML command BKP DB to back up system files to the specified path. In this step,

set Path of Backup File and File Name to appropriate values.

l Save the performance configuration files, SSL certificate files, license files, and OMU

system data to the LMT PC.

1. Start the file manager on the LMT. For detailed operations, seeFile Manager.

2. Select the files to be downloaded in the corresponding directories and click 

Download.

NOTE

Run the MML command LST OMUAREA to query the OMU active workspace. Assuming that

the OMU active workspace is version_a:

l Performance configuration files are saved in the directory \bam\version_a\ftp\DefaultMeas.

Only DefaultMeas_Active.xml and DefaultMeas_Standby.xml need to be backed up.

l License files are saved in the directory \bam\version_a\ftp\license.

3. Optional: Apply for a digital certificate.

l Install Windows.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

118

Page 129: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 129/272

1. On the local computer, use EasyInstall to prepare a Windows installation source. For 

details, see Preparations for Reinstalling the OMU Operating System, Creating an

Installation Source for the Operating System, and Creating an Installation Source for 

the SetWin Software and OS Patches.

2. Connect the local computer to the debugging Ethernet port on the new OMU.

3. Remove the OMU board to be replaced and insert the new one. For detailed operations,

see Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with new ejector levers or 

Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with old ejector levers.

4. Use EasyInstall to install Windows. For details, see Installing the OMU Operating

System by Using the EasyInstall Software.

l Install product software.

1. Set the IP address of the local computer to the same network segment as the

commissioning IP address of the OMU.

2. Upload product software to the OMU.

a. (Optional) If patches are installed during the installation, delete the original patch

files saved in the patch folder for product software, copy the patches (for 

example, the V900R01XC0XSPCXXX folder) saved on the local computer to

the patch folder for product software.

Figure 9-18 show the directory structures of the patch installation package.

Figure 9-18 Directory structure of the patch installation package

 b. Connect to the debugging Ethernet port of the OMU, and log in to the OMU

through the commissioning IP address. For details, see Logging In to the OMU.

c. Under drive D on the OMU, create the \mbsc\upgrade folder, right-click it, and

choose Sharing and Security.

d. In the Properties dialog box, select Share this folder, set the read/write property,

and then click OK .

e. On the local computer, choose Start > Run, enter \\OMU commissioning IP

address. In the displayed dialog box, enter the username and password, and click 

OK .

f. Copy product software installation package from the local computer to the \mbsc

\upgrade folder on the OMU.

3. Go to the V***R***C**\install\setup directory of the version installation package

and double-click install_bam.bat.

NOTE

V***R***C** is an example of the version installation package. During installation, see the actual

version.

The software integrity of the product software is checked before they are automatically installed.

The product sof tware can be installed only if the check passes.

4. Type the product running mode and press Enter.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

119

Page 130: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 130/272

[2011-05-03 10:12:32] software integrality verify begin...

[2011-05-03 10:12:42] software integrality verify end...

# The run mode of the product

# GO:GSM only

# UO:UMTS only

# GU:GSM and UMTS# Please select one mode to install.

Please input a valid run_mode :

5. Type the office name and press Enter.

# The name of office

# The name suggest range from 5 to 32 characters.

# The characters suggest be letters, digits, "-"or "_".

Please input a valid office_name :

6. Type the language and press Enter.

# The OMU language version. eg: eng/chs

Please input a valid version :

7. Type the admin password and press Enter.

# The "admin" user's password of OMU service.# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must be

uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.

Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()

_+-{}|[]:<>?./

The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercase

letter,digit or special character at least.

# Do not forget the password.

# You can change the password later, but this password should be provided

first.

Please input a valid admin_password :

Please input a valid Confirm password :

8. Type the ftp password and press Enter.

# The ftp user's password of OMU service

# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must beuppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.

Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()

_+-{}|[]:<>?./

The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercase

letter,digit or special character at least.

# Do not forget the password.

# You can change it later, but this password should be provided first.

Please input a valid ftp_password :

Please input a valid Confirm password :

NOTE

l If a fixed external network IP address has been configured for the OMU to be replaced, the

entered external network virtual IP address must be in the same network segment as the fixed

external network IP address for the OMU to be replaced.

l If a fixed external network IP address has not been configured for the OMU to be replaced, the

entered external network virtual IP address can be set based on the actual plan.

9. Type the external virtual IP address and press Enter.

# The extranet IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.

# example: 192.168.1.9/255.255.255.0;192.168.1.1

Please input a valid virtual_extranet_config :

10. Enter the OMU installation type based on the field configuration and press Enter.

Table 1 describes the OMU installation types.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

120

Page 131: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 131/272

Table 9-10 Description

Parameter Description

Single When the BSC6900 is configured with

one OMU board, install the productsoftware on the board in single-OMU

mode.

Dual When the BSC6900 is configured with

two OMU boards, install product

software on the board in dual-OMU

mode.

 

11. The system asks you whether to continue with the installation, as shown:

Please affirm input information. input Y to continue; input E to exit. ->

12. Enter Y to install product software. When the message Install OMU

succeed! is displayed, product software are successfully installed.

l Change the IP addresses of the new OMUs to those of the OMUs to be replaced.

Perform either of the following operation to change IP addresses of the new OMU:

– Run the MOD OMUIP command. This operation can be performed only if the local

commissioning network adapter is connected to the OMU. For details about this

operation, see the description of the MOD OMUIP command in the MML command

reference.

– Use the omutool to change IP addresses of the OMU. For details, see the following

steps.

1. Choose Start > Run, type cmd, and press Enter to enter the OMU command mode.

2. Type the command cd /d d:\mbsc\bam\version_a\bin\bam and press Enter to

navigate to the directory containing omutool.

3. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP addresses of the replaced OMU

board.

– Execute omutool innercard IP address to change the internal fixed IP address.

– Execute omutool innervip IP address to change the internal virtual IP address.

– Execute omutool extercard IP address subnet mask (gateway IP address) to

change the external fixed IP address and subnet mask.

– Execute ./omutool extervip IP address subnet mask (gateway IP address) to

change the external virtual IP address and subnet mask.

– Use the command omutool backupcard IP address to change the backup channel

IP address of the active and standby OMUs of the ETH3-UPDATE Ethernet

adapter on an OMUa board.

– Execute omutool debugcard IP address to change the commissioning IP address.

NOTE

Changing the debugging IP address immediately disconnects the LMT PC from the OMU board.

Use the new debugging IP address to connect the LMT PC to the OMU board again.

4. Type the command net start omud to start the omud progress.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

121

Page 132: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 132/272

5. Remove the debugging Ethernet cable from the OMU board panel.

l Download and decompress the Upgrade Guide to OMU Windows Operating System

and Ethernet Adapter Driver.rar file from the release document. Obtain the Upgrade

Guide to OMU Windows Operating System and Ethernet Adapter Driver .

l Recover the OMU data.

1. Connect the LMT PC to the OMU external network.

2. Log in to the LMT. For detailed operations, see Logging In to and Logging Out of the

LMT. On the LMT, start the file manager. For detailed operations, see File Manager.

3. Select the target file on the LMT PC and click Upload to upload the saved OMU

system data to the active workspace. Ensure that the upload path is the same as the

 backup data download path.

4. Choose Start > Run, type cmd, and press Enter to enter the OMU command mode.

5. Type the command net stop omud to stop the omud progress.

6. Type the command cd /d d:\mbsc\bam\common\services and press Enter tonavigate to the directory containing the omu_backup_linker tool.

7. Type the command omu_backup_linker.exe and press Enter to start the

omu_backup_linker tool.

8. A message is displayed "Please input a valid bkp_res_type :." Type

restore and press Enter.

9. Type the backup file save path and the file name and press Enter. The system starts

to restore data. A message will be displayed showing success or failure, for example,

"Restore OMU database succeed!" may be displayed.

10. Type the command net start omud to start the omud progress.

l Go to 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board.

----End

9.14.3 Scenario: Replacing the Standby OMU in Dual-OMU Mode

This section describes how to replace the standby OMU board when two OMUs are configured

on BSC6900.

Context

l The new OMUs can use the same operating system as the OMUs to be replaced or use

another operating system, but the active and standby OMUs must use the same operating

system.

l The new OMUs must be of the same type as the OMUs to be replaced.

l In dual-OMU mode, if the active OMU fails, the system automatically performs a

switchover. Therefore, only the standby OMU needs to be replaced.

Replacing the standby OMU board in dual-OMU mode occurs in following scenarios:

Scenario: Old and New OMUs Running the Same Operating System

This section describes how to replace the standby OMU on BSC6900 equipped with two OMUs

when the OMU to be replaced and the new OMU have the same operating system.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

122

Page 133: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 133/272

Prerequisites

l It is recommended that the new board be the same type as the boe\ard to be replaced.

NOTE

The OMUc board only runs the Dopra Linux OS.

Context

NOTICE

To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strap

and insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For 

detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground

 point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the MML command STP DATASYNC to stop the synchronization between the active

OMU and the standby one.

Step 2 Run the MML command DSP OMU to check the status to make sure the synchronization

 between the active OMU and the standby one is stopped.

Step 3 Remove the OMU board to be replaced and insert the new one. For detailed operations, see

Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with new ejector levers or Replacing an OMU

board that is equipped with old ejector levers.

Step 4 Perform oper ations in Table 9-11 based on the operating system.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

123

Page 134: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 134/272

Table 9-11 Criteria for operations

If... Then...

The OMU operating

system is Dopra Linuxor SUSE Linux

1. Optional: Uninstall the product software on the new OMU

 board.NOTE

If product software has been installed on the new OMU board, perform

this step to uninstall the product software of an earlier version.

If no OMU application is installed on the new OMU board, skip this

step and proceed to b.

a. Log in to the standby OMU by using the external fixed IP

address or the commissioning IP address. For details, see

Logging In to the OMU.

 b. Enter /etc/rc.d/omud start to start the omud

c. Enter uninstall_bam in any directory of the OMU.

d. The message Uninstall standby area. input Y to

continue; input E to exit. is displayed. Enter Y to uninstall

the product software from the standby workspace of the

standby OMU.

e. Enter uninstall_bam.

f. The message Uninstall main area. input Y to continue;

input E to exit. is displayed. Perform the following

operations based on actual conditions.

2. Install product software. For details, see Install product

software. in Scenario: Old OMU Running SUSE Linux and

New OMU Running Dopra Linux.

3. Change the IP addresses of the new OMU.

l The OMU operating system is SUSE Linux, refer to

Change the IP addresses of the new OMU to those of the

OMU to be replaced.

l The OMU operating system is Dopra Linux:

Perform either of the following operation to change IP

addresses of the new OMU:

– Run the MOD OMUIP command. This operation can

 be performed only if the local commissioning network 

adapter is connected to the OMU. For details about thisoperation, see the description of the MOD OMUIP

command in the MML command reference.

– Use the omutool to change IP addresses of the OMU.

For details, see the following steps.

a. Enter cd /mbsc/bam/version_a/bin/bam to navigate to

the directory that contains omutool

 b. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP

addresses of the replaced OMU board.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

124

Page 135: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 135/272

If... Then...

– Execute ./omutool innercard IP address to change

the internal fixed IP address.

– Execute ./omutool innervip IP address to changethe internal virtual IP address.

– Execute ./omutool extercard IP address mask 

(gateway) to change the external fixed IP address

and subnet mask.

– Execute ./omutool extervip IP address subnet mask 

(gateway IP address) to change the external virtual

IP address and subnet mask.

– Use the command ./omutool backupcard IP 

address to change the backup channel IP address of 

the active and standby OMUs of the ETH3-

UPDATE Ethernet adapter on an OMUa board.

– Execute ./omutool debugcard IP address to change

the commissioning IP address.

NOTE

Changing the debugging IP address immediately

disconnects the LMT PC from the OMU board. Use the

new debugging IP address to connect the LMT PC to the

OMU board again.

4. Install the operating system patch and upgrade Ethernet adapter 

driver when the operating system is SUSE Linux. Contact

Huawei engineers to obtain the Hash value calculation tool

from http://support.huawei.com/carrier/#click=main3 and

enter SingleRAN_O&M tools in the search window. Then,

download the OMU Driver Upgrade CHS ***.rar and get

Upgrade Guide to OMU Linux Ethernet Adapter Driver  and

OMU driver upgrade tool. Please refer to BSC6900 Upgrade

Guide to OMU O&M Panel Adapter Driver  to upgrade the

OMU adapter driver.

NOTE

Suse Linux Operating System has no patch.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

125

Page 136: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 136/272

If... Then...

The OMU operating

system is Windows

1. Optional: Uninstall the product software on the new OMU

 board.

NOTEIf product software has been installed on the new OMU board, perform

this step to uninstall the product software of an earlier version.

If no OMU application is installed on the new OMU board, skip this

step and proceed to b.

a. Log in to the standby OMU by using the fixed external IP

address or the debugging IP address. For details, see

Logging In to the OMU.

 b. Run the net start omud command to start the omud

c. Click Start > Run and the Run interface is displayed.

d. In the Run interface, run the uninstall_bam command and

click OK .

e. Enter  Y, and press Enter until the Uninstall OMU

succeed! message is displayed.

f. Go to 4 after uninstalling the pr oduct software in the

standby workspace.Perform 5 to finish uninstalling the

 product software in the active workspace. Then uninstalling

the product software on the standby OMU is finished.

2. Install product software. For details, see Install product

software in Scenario: Old OMU Running Windows and

New OMU Running Dopra Linux.

3. Change the IP addresses of the new OMU board. For details,see Change the IP addresses of the new OMU to those of 

the OMU to be replaced in Scenario: Old OMU Running

Windows and New OMU Running Dopra Linux.

4. Download and decompress the Upgrade Guide to OMU

Windows Operating System and Ethernet Adapter Driver.

rar file from the release document. Decompress the package

and obtain the Upgrade Guide to OMU Windows Operating 

System and Ethernet Adapter Driver .

 

Step 5 Go to 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board.

----End

Scenario: Old OMU Running Dopra Linux and New OMU Running SUSE Linux/ 

 Windows

This section describes how to replace the standby OMU on BSC6900 equipped with two OMUs

when the operating system on the OMUs to be replaced is Dopra Linux and that on the new

OMUs is SUSE Linux/Windows.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

126

Page 137: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 137/272

Prerequisites

l It is recommended that the new board be the same type as the boe\ard to be replaced.

NOTE

The OMUc board only runs the Dopra Linux OS.

l A USB installation disk has been prepared. For detailed operations, see Preparing a USB

Flash Drive. The operation type is set to Install and product software and patches are

installed during the preparation.

Context

When the new OMU board runs a different OS from that of the OMU board to be replaced, it is

recommended that you switch the OS of the new OMU board to that of the old OMU board.

This facilitates user operations.

NOTICE

To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strap

and insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For 

detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground

 point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the MML command STP DATASYNC to stop the synchronization between the activeOMU and the standby one.

Step 2 Run the MML command DSP OMU to check the status to make sure the synchronization

 between the active OMU and the standby one is stopped.

Step 3 Connect a USB installation disk to a USB port on the new OMU.

Step 4 Remove the OMU board to be replaced and insert the new one. For detailed operations, see

Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with new ejector levers or Replacing an OMU

board that is equipped with old ejector levers.

Step 5 Wait 1 to 2 minutes and then use the USB flash drive to install the OMU operating system. Check 

the status of indicators on the OMU board panel to determine whether the OMU operating systemis installed successfully.

l If only the operating system is to be installed on the OMU, check the indicator status. See

Table 9-12.

l If the operating system and applications are to be installed on the OMU, check the indicator 

status. See Table 9-13.

NOTE

If the status of the indicators differs from this, the OMU cannot identify the USB flash drive. When this occurs,

 prepare another USB flash drive. Alternatively, copy the data in the original USB flash drive to a new USB flash

drive, and then reinstall the OMU operating system.

For details about the time needed for the OMU operating system installation, see Table 1 in Preparing a USBFlash Drive.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

127

Page 138: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 138/272

Table 9-12 Status of the indicators on the OMU board panel during the OMU operating system

installation

Board InstallationProcedure

SuccessfulInstallation

Failed Installation

OMUc   l The RUN

indicator blinks.

l The ALM

indicator blinks.

l The ACT

indicator blinks.

l The OFFLINE

indicator is off.

l The RUN

indicator blinks.

l The ALM

indicator is off.

l The ACT

indicator is off.

l The OFFLINE

indicator blinks.

l The RUN

indicator is off.

l The ALM

indicator blinks.

l The ACT

indicator is off.

l The OFFLINE

indicator blinks.

 

Table 9-13 Status of indicators on the OMU board panel during the OMU operating system and

 product software installation

Board InstallationProcedure

SuccessfulInstallation

Failed Installation

OMUc   l The RUN

indicator blinks.

l The ALM

indicator blinks.

l The ACT

indicator blinks.

l The OFFLINE

indicator is off.

l The RUN

indicator blinks.

l The ALM

indicator is

steady on or off.

l The ACT

indicator is

steady on or off.

l The OFFLINE

indicator is off.

l The RUN

indicator blinks.

l The ALM

indicator blinks.

l The ACT

indicator is off.

l The OFFLINE

indicator is off.

 

Step 6 Go to 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board.

----End

Scenario: Old OMU Running Dopra Linux and New OMU Running Windows

This section describes how to replace the standby OMU on BSC6900 equipped with two OMUs

when the operating system on the OMUs to be replaced is Dopra Linux and that on the new

OMUs is Windows.

Prerequisites

l It is recommended that the new board be the same type as the boe\ard to be replaced.

NOTE

The OMUc board only runs the Dopra Linux OS.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

128

Page 139: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 139/272

l A USB installation disk has been prepared. For detailed operations, see Preparing a USB

Flash Drive. The operation type is set to Install and product software and patches are

installed during the preparation.

ContextWhen the new OMU board runs a different OS from that of the OMU board to be replaced, it is

recommended that you switch the OS of the new OMU board to that of the old OMU board.

This facilitates user operations.

NOTICE

To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strap

and insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For 

detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the MML command STP DATASYNC to stop the synchronization between the active

OMU and the standby one.

Step 2 Run the MML command DSP OMU to check the status to make sure the synchronization

 between the active OMU and the standby one is stopped.

Step 3 Connect a USB installation disk to a USB port on the new OMU.

Step 4 Remove the OMU board to be replaced and insert the new one. For detailed operations, see

Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with new ejector levers or Replacing an OMU

board that is equipped with old ejector levers.

Step 5 Wait 1 to 2 minutes and then use the USB flash drive to install the OMU operating system. Check 

the status of indicators on the OMU board panel to determine whether the OMU operating system

is installed successfully.

l If only the operating system is to be installed on the OMU, check the indicator status. See

Table 9-14.

l If the operating system and applications are to be installed on the OMU, check the indicator 

status. See Table 9-15.

NOTE

If the status of the indicators differs from this, the OMU cannot identify the USB flash drive. When this occurs,

 prepare another USB flash drive. Alternatively, copy the data in the original USB flash drive to a new USB flash

drive, and then reinstall the OMU operating system.

For details about the time needed for the OMU operating system installation, see Table 1 in Preparing a USB

Flash Drive.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

129

Page 140: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 140/272

Table 9-14 Status of the indicators on the OMU board panel during the OMU operating system

installation

Board InstallationProcedure

SuccessfulInstallation

Failed Installation

OMUc   l The RUN

indicator blinks.

l The ALM

indicator blinks.

l The ACT

indicator blinks.

l The OFFLINE

indicator is off.

l The RUN

indicator blinks.

l The ALM

indicator is off.

l The ACT

indicator is off.

l The OFFLINE

indicator blinks.

l The RUN

indicator is off.

l The ALM

indicator blinks.

l The ACT

indicator is off.

l The OFFLINE

indicator blinks.

 

Table 9-15 Status of indicators on the OMU board panel during the OMU operating system and

 product software installation

Board InstallationProcedure

SuccessfulInstallation

Failed Installation

OMUc   l The RUN

indicator blinks.

l The ALM

indicator blinks.

l The ACT

indicator blinks.

l The OFFLINE

indicator is off.

l The RUN

indicator blinks.

l The ALM

indicator is

steady on or off.

l The ACT

indicator is

steady on or off.

l The OFFLINE

indicator is off.

l The RUN

indicator blinks.

l The ALM

indicator blinks.

l The ACT

indicator is off.

l The OFFLINE

indicator is off.

 

Step 6 Go to 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board.

----End

Scenario: Old OMU Running SUSE Linux and New OMU Running Dopra Linux

This section describes how to replace the standby OMU on BSC6900 equipped with two OMUs

when the operating system on the OMUs to be replaced is SUSE Linux and that on the new

OMUs is Dopra Linux.

Prerequisites

l It is recommended that the new board be the same type as the boe\ard to be replaced.

NOTE

The OMUc board only runs the Dopra Linux OS.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

130

Page 141: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 141/272

Context

When the new OMU board runs a different OS from that of the OMU board to be replaced, it is

recommended that you switch the OS of the new OMU board to that of the old OMU board.

This facilitates user operations.

NOTICE

To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strap

and insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For 

detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground

 point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.

Procedurel Stop the synchronization between the active OMU and the standby one and the omud

service.

1. Run the MML command STP DATASYNC to stop the synchronization between the

active OMU and the standby one.

2. Run the MML command DSP OMU to check the status to make sure the

synchronization between the active OMU and the standby one is stopped.

l Install SUSE Linux.

1. On the LMT PC, use EasyInstall to prepare an installation source for SUSE Linux.

For details, see Pr eparations for Reinstalling the OMU Operating System and Creating

an Installation Source for the Operating System.2. Connect the local computer to the debugging Ethernet port on each of the new OMUs.

3. Remove the OMU board to be replaced and insert the new one. For detailed operations,

see Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with new ejector levers or 

Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with old ejector levers.

4. Use EasyInstall to install SUSE Linux. For details, see Installing the OMU Operating

System by Using the EasyInstall Software.

l Install product software.

1. Set the IP address of the local computer to the same network segment as the

commissioning IP address of the OMU.

2. Connect to the debugging port of the OMU, and log in to the OMU through thecommissioning IP address. For details, see Uploading the Product Software

Installation Package to the OMU. (The file upload path is /BSC6000/data/mbsc/

upgrade.)

3. Use the commissioning IP address to switch to the directory where the installation

 package is saved. For details, see Logging In to the OMU.

– If the operating system is Dopra Linux, assume that product software installation

 package install_bam.sh is saved in /mbsc/upgrade/VXXXRXXXCXX/install/

setup. Enter the following command and press Enter.

cd /mbsc/upgrade/VXXXRXXXCXX/install/setup

– If the operating system is SUSE Linux, assume that product software installation

 package install_bam.sh is saved in /BSC6000/data/mbsc/upgrade/

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

131

Page 142: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 142/272

VXXXRXXXCXX/install/setup. Enter the following command and press

Enter.

cd /BSC6000/data/mbsc/upgrade/VXXXRXXXCXX/install/setup

4. Enter chmod +x ./install_bam.sh to obtain the permission to run ./install_bam.sh.

5. Enter ./install_bam.sh.

6. The system prompts you to type the product running mode. Type the product running

mode and press Enter.

[2011-05-03 10:12:32] software integrality verify begin...

[2011-05-03 10:12:42] software integrality verify end...

# The run mode of the product

# GO:GSM only

# UO:UMTS only

# GU:GSM and UMTS

# Please select one mode to install.

Please input a valid run_mode :

7. The system prompts you to type the office name. Type the office name and pressEnter.

# The name of office

# The name suggest range from 5 to 32 characters.

# The characters suggest be letters, digits, "-"or "_".

Please input a valid office_name :

8. The system prompts you to type the language version. Type the language version and

 press Enter.

# The OMU language version. eg: eng/chs

Please input a valid version :

9. The system prompts you to type the admin password. Type the admin password,

confirm it, and press Enter.

# The "admin" user's password of OMU service.# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must be

uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.

Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()

_+-{}|[]:<>?./

The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercase

letter,digit or special character at least.

# Do not forget the password.

# You can change the password later, but this password should be provided

first.

Please input a valid admin_password :

Please input a valid Confirm password :

10. The system prompts you to type the FTP password. Type the FTP password, confirm

it, and press Enter.

# The ftp user's password of OMU service

# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must be

uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.

Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()

_+-{}|[]:<>?./

The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercase

letter,digit or special character at least.

# Do not forget the password.

# You can change it later, but this password should be provided first.

Please input a valid ftp_password :

Please input a valid Confirm password :

11. Type the external virtual IP address or a valid external virtual configuration based on

the displayed message.

Example for entering the external virtual IP address:

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

132

Page 143: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 143/272

Page 144: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 144/272

Page 145: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 145/272

NOTICE

To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strap

and insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground

 point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.

Procedure

l Stop the synchronization between the active OMU and the standby one and the omud

service.

1. Run the MML command STP DATASYNC to stop the synchronization between the

active OMU and the standby one.

2. Run the MML command DSP OMU to check the status to make sure thesynchronization between the active OMU and the standby one is stopped.

l Install Windows.

1. On the local computer, use EasyInstall to prepare a Windows installation source. For 

details, see Preparations for Reinstalling the OMU Operating System, Creating an

Installation Source for the Operating System, and Creating an Installation Source for 

the SetWin Software and OS Patches.

2. Connect the local computer to the debugging Ethernet port on the new OMU.

3. Remove the OMU board to be replaced and insert the new one. For detailed operations,

see Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with new ejector levers or 

Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with old ejector levers.4. Use EasyInstall to install Windows. For details, see Installing the OMU Operating

System by Using the EasyInstall Software.

l Install product softwar e.

1. Set the IP address of the local computer to the same network segment as the

commissioning IP address of the OMU.

2. Upload product software to the OMU.

a. (Optional) If patches are installed during the installation, delete the original patch

files saved in the patch folder for product software, copy the patches (for 

example, the V900R01XC0XSPCXXX folder) saved on the local computer to

the patch folder for product software.

Figure 9-19 show the directory structures of the patch installation package.

Figure 9-19 Directory structure of the patch installation package

 b. Connect to the debugging Ethernet port of the OMU, and log in to the OMU

through the commissioning IP address. For details, see Logging In to the OMU.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

135

Page 146: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 146/272

c. Under drive D on the OMU, create the \mbsc\upgrade folder, right-click it, and

choose Sharing and Security.

d. In the Properties dialog box, select Share this folder, set the read/write property,

and then click OK .

e. On the local computer, choose Start > Run, enter \\OMU commissioning IP

address. In the displayed dialog box, enter the username and password, and click 

OK .

f. Copy product software installation package from the local computer to the \mbsc

\upgrade folder on the OMU.

3. Go to the V***R***C**\install\setup directory of the version installation package

and double-click install_bam.bat.

NOTE

V***R***C** is an example of the version installation package. During installation, see the actual

version.

The software integrity of the product software is checked before they are automatically installed.

The product software can be installed only if the check passes.

4. Type the product running mode and press Enter.

[2011-05-03 10:12:32] software integrality verify begin...

[2011-05-03 10:12:42] software integrality verify end...

# The run mode of the product

# GO:GSM only

# UO:UMTS only

# GU:GSM and UMTS

# Please select one mode to install.

Please input a valid run_mode :

5. Type the office name and press Enter.

# The name of office

# The name suggest range from 5 to 32 characters.

# The characters suggest be letters, digits, "-"or "_".

Please input a valid office_name :

6. Type the language and press Enter.

# The OMU language version. eg: eng/chs

Please input a valid version :

7. Type the admin password and press Enter.

# The "admin" user's password of OMU service.

# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must be

uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.

Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()

_+-{}|[]:<>?./The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercase

letter,digit or special character at least.

# Do not forget the password.

# You can change the password later, but this password should be provided

first.

Please input a valid admin_password :

Please input a valid Confirm password :

8. Type the ftp password and press Enter.

# The ftp user's password of OMU service

# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must be

uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.

Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()

_+-{}|[]:<>?./

The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercaseletter,digit or special character at least.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

136

Page 147: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 147/272

# Do not forget the password.

# You can change it later, but this password should be provided first.

Please input a valid ftp_password :

Please input a valid Confirm password :

NOTE

l If a fixed external network IP address has been configured for the OMU to be replaced, the

entered external network virtual IP address must be in the same network segment as the fixed

external network IP address for the OMU to be replaced.

l If a fixed external network IP address has not been configured for the OMU to be replaced, the

entered external network virtual IP address can be set based on the actual plan.

9. Type the external virtual IP address and press Enter.

# The extranet IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.

# example: 192.168.1.9/255.255.255.0;192.168.1.1

Please input a valid virtual_extranet_config :

10. Enter the OMU installation type based on the field configuration and press Enter.

Table 1 describes the OMU installation types.

Table 9-17 Description

Parameter Description

Single When the BSC6900 is configured with

one OMU board, install the product

software on the board in single-OMU

mode.

Dual When the BSC6900 is configured with

two OMU boards, install product

software on the board in dual-OMU

mode.

 

11. The system asks you whether to continue with the installation, as shown:

Please affirm input information. input Y to continue; input E to exit. ->

12. Enter Y to install product software. When the message Install OMU

succeed! is displayed, product software are successfully installed.

l Change the IP addresses of the new OMUs to those of the OMUs to be replaced.

Perform either of the following operation to change IP addresses of the new OMU:

– Run the MOD OMUIP command. This operation can be performed only if the local

commissioning network adapter is connected to the OMU. For details about this

operation, see the description of the MOD OMUIP command in the MML command

reference.

– Use the omutool to change IP addresses of the OMU. For details, see the following

steps.

1. Choose Start > Run, type cmd, and press Enter to enter the OMU command mode.

2. Type the command cd /d d:\mbsc\bam\version_a\bin\bam and press Enter to

navigate to the directory containing omutool.

3. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP addresses of the replaced OMU

board.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

137

Page 148: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 148/272

– Execute omutool innercard IP address to change the internal fixed IP address.

– Execute omutool innervip IP address to change the internal virtual IP address.

– Execute omutool extercard IP address subnet mask (gateway IP address) to

change the external fixed IP address and subnet mask.

– Execute ./omutool extervip IP address subnet mask (gateway IP address) to

change the external virtual IP address and subnet mask.

– Use the command omutool backupcard IP address to change the backup channel

IP address of the active and standby OMUs of the ETH3-UPDATE Ethernet

adapter on an OMUa board.

– Execute omutool debugcard IP address to change the commissioning IP address.

NOTE

Changing the debugging IP address immediately disconnects the LMT PC from the OMU board.

Use the new debugging IP address to connect the LMT PC to the OMU board again.

4. Type the command net start omud to start the omud progress.

l Download and decompress the Upgrade Guide to OMU Windows Operating System

and Ethernet Adapter Driver.rar file from the release document. Obtain the Upgrade

Guide to OMU Windows Operating System and Ethernet Adapter Driver .

l Go to 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board.

----End

9.14.4 Scenario: Replacing OMUa Boards with OMUc Boards

This section describes how to replace an OMUa board with an OMUc board.

Context

l Replacing an OMU board will disconnect the OMU board from the host boards. System

operation data during this period will lose.

l In this scenario, the operating system (OS) of the OMUc board is Dopra Linux OS after 

the replacement no matter which OS is used by the board to be replaced because the OMUc

 board can only support Dopra Linux OS.

l When an OMUa board in single-OMU mode is damaged, two OMUc boards are

recommended to replace the OMUa board.

OMUc boards can be used to replace OMUa boards. The replacement scenarios are as follows:

Scenario: Replacing Two OMUa Boards with Two OMUc Boards

This section describes how to replace two OMUa boards with two OMUc boards.

Prerequisites

l You have logged in to the LMT. For detailed operations, see Logging In to and Logging

Out of the LMT.

l Two new OMUc boards are ready.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

138

Page 149: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 149/272

Page 150: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 150/272

The OMUa board is twice the thickness of other boards. Two OMUa boards are installed in the

slots in blue, yellow, and red frames, as shown in Figure 9-20. Between two adjacent OMUa

 boards, one is active and the other is standby.

The first OMUc board used for replacement must be installed in the green slots.

Example 1: Two OMUa boards are installed in the slots 20 through 23 before replacement. Slots

20 and 21 house the active OMUa board. Slots 22 and 23 house the standby OMUa board.

Perform the following operations to replace OMU boards:

1. Remove the OMUa board installed in slots 22 and 23.

2. Install the first OMUc board in slot 23.

Example 2: Two OMUa boards are installed in the slots 20 through 23 before replacement. Slots

20 and 21 house the standby OMUa board. Slots 22 and 23 house the active OMUa board.

Perform the following operations to replace OMU boards:

1. Remove the OMUa board installed in slots 20 and 21.

2. Install the first OMUc board in slot 21.

Figure 9-20 Slots housing the first OMUc board

Step 5 Connect the PC and the ETH2 port on the OMUc board using the network cable.

Step 6 Set the IP address of the PC to be on the same network segment with the ETH2 port. The initial

IP address of the ETH2 port is 192.168.6.50 or 192.168.6.60, the subnet mask is 255.255.255.0.

Step 7 Uploading the OMU application installation package to the OMU. For details, see Uploading

the Product Software Installation Package to the OMU in the BSC6900 UMTS OMU 

 Administration Guide.

Step 8 Logging in to the OMU.

1. Run the SSH terminal, for example, PuTTY, on the PC, and type the debugging IP address

of the OMU.

2. Logging in to the OMU. For detailed operations, see Logging In to the OMU in the BSC6900

UMTS OMU Administration Guide.

Step 9 Installing the product software in the active workspace.

1. Navigate to the directory where the OMU application installation package is saved.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

140

Page 151: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 151/272

Assume that the product software installation package install_bam.sh is saved in /mbsc/

upgrade/V***R***C**/install/setup. Enter the following command:cd /mbsc/upgrade/V***R***C**/install/setup

2. Enter chmod +x ./install_bam.sh to obtain the permission to run ./install_bam.sh.

3. Enter ./install_bam.sh.

4. The system prompts you to type the product running mode. Type the product running mode

and press Enter.

[2011-05-03 10:12:32] software integrality verify begin...

[2011-05-03 10:12:42] software integrality verify end...

# The run mode of the product

# GO:GSM only

# UO:UMTS only

# GU:GSM and UMTS

# Please select one mode to install.

Please input a valid run_mode :

5. The system prompts you to type the office name. Type the office name and press Enter.# The name of office

# The name suggest range from 5 to 32 characters.

# The characters suggest be letters, digits, "-"or "_".

Please input a valid office_name :

6. The system prompts you to type the language version. Type the language version and press

Enter.

# The OMU language version. eg: eng/chs

Please input a valid version :

7. The system prompts you to type the admin password. Type the admin password, confirm

it, and press Enter.

# The "admin" user's password of OMU service.

# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must beuppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.

Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()_+-

{}|[]:<>?./

The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercase letter,digit

or special character at least.

# Do not forget the password.

# You can change the password later, but this password should be provided

first.

Please input a valid admin_password :

Please input a valid Confirm password :

8. The system prompts you to type the FTP password. Type the FTP password, confirm it,

and press Enter.

# The ftp user's password of OMU service# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must be

uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.

Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()_+-

{}|[]:<>?./

The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercase letter,digit

or special character at least.

# Do not forget the password.

# You can change it later, but this password should be provided first.

Please input a valid ftp_password :

Please input a valid Confirm password :

9. Type the external virtual IP address or a valid external virtual configuration based on the

displayed message.

Example for entering the external virtual IP address:

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

141

Page 152: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 152/272

# The extranet virtual IP.

Please input a valid virtual_extranet_ip :

Example for entering the external virtual configuration:

# The extranet IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.

# example: 192.168.1.9/255.255.255.0;192.168.1.1

Please input a valid virtual_extranet_config :

NOTE

External network virtual IP uses the saved former information of standby OMUa board. After the

 product software are installed, you can change the IP addresses and subnet masks of the OMU

Ethernet adapters with omutool.

10. Type Dual, and press Enter.

11. The system asks you whether to continue with the installation, as shown:

Please affirm input information. input Y to continue; input E to exit. ->

12. Type Y to install product software. When the message Install OMU succeed! is

displayed, product software are successfully installed.

Step 10 Change IP addresses of OMU Ethernet adapters and their subnet masks

Perform either of the following operation to change IP addresses of the new OMU:

l Run the MOD OMUIP command. This operation can be performed only if the local

commissioning network adapter is connected to the OMU. For details about this operation,

see the description of the MOD OMUIP command in the MML command reference.

l Use the omutool to change IP addresses of the OMU. For details, see the following steps.

1. Type the command cd /mbsc/bam/version_a/bin/bam and press Enter to navigate to thedirectory containing omutool.

2. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP addresses of the replaced OMU

board.

l Execute ./omutool innercard IP address to change the internal fixed IP address.

l Execute ./omutool innervip IP address to change the internal virtual IP address.

l Execute ./omutool extercard IP address mask (gateway) to change the external fixed

IP address and subnet mask.

l Use the command ./omutool backupcard_for_omuc IP address to change the backup

channel IP address of the active and standby OMUs of the B_UPDATE0 Ethernet

adapter on an OMUc board.

l Use the command ./omutool backupcard_for_omua IP address to change the backup

channel IP address of the active and standby OMUs of the B_UPDATE1 Ethernet

adapter on an OMUc board.

l Record the information about the product software installation in Information Records

of OMU Software Installation.

NOTE

It is recommended that the backup channel IP addresses of the active and standby OMUs on the Ethernet

adapter B_UPDATE0 of the OMUc board be set to 192.168.9.60. In addition, set the backup channel IP

addresses of the active and standby OMUs on the Ethernet adapter B_UPDATE1 to the backup channel

IP address of the OMUa board that has been removed in Records of the OMU Application InstallationInformation.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

142

Page 153: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 153/272

Step 11 Record the information about the product software installation in Information Records of OMU

Software Installation.

Step 12 Start the omud on the standby OMU board. Run the /etc/rc.d/omud start command and press

Enter to start the omud.

Step 13 Wait 10 minutes while the data of OMUa board and the OMUc board is being synchronized.

After the OMU OS, product software and patches are installed, the data of the OMUa board and

the OMUc board is synchronized automatically.

Step 14 Run the DSP OMU command to check the data synchronization progress. When Data-sync

state isData synchronization is successful, run the SWP OMU command to switch the OMUc

to work as the active OMU.

Step 15 After the active/standby OMU switchover is complete, run the DSP OMU command to check 

the data synchronization progress. When Data-sync state is Data synchronization is

successful, stop the OMUd process on the OMUa board, shut down the OMU OS, referring toStep 2.

Step 16 Repeat Step 3 to Step 4 to remove the OMUa board, and install OMUc board.

NOTE

The OMUc boards can be configured in slots 0 and 1, 2 and 3, 20 and 21, 22 and 23, 24 and 25, or 26 and

27. For example, if one OMUc board is configured in slot 21, the other OMUc board must be configured

in slot 20.

Step 17 Repeat operations in Step 5 to Step 9 to install product software.

Step 18 Change IP addresses of OMU Ethernet adapters and their subnet masks by referring to operations

in Step 10.

NOTE

It is recommended that the backup channel IP addresses of the active and standby OMUs on the Ethernet adapter 

B_UPDATE0 of the OMUc board be set to 192.168.9.50. In addition, set the backup channel IP addresses of 

the active and standby OMUs on the Ethernet adapter B_UPDATE1 to the backup channel IP address of the

OMUa board that has been removed in Records of the OMU Application Installation Information.

Step 19 Start the omud on the standby OMU board. Run the /etc/rc.d/omud start command and press

Enter to start the omud.

Step 20 Wait 10 minutes while the data of two OMUc boards is being synchronized.

Step 21 Run the RMV BRD command to delete the OMUa boards which have been removed in Step16.

Step 22 Run the ADD BRD command to add the OMUc board which has been installed in Step 16.

Step 23 Run the DSP OMU command to check the data synchronization progress. When Data-sync

state is Data synchronization is successful, go to 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing

OMU Board.

----End

Scenario: Replacing an OMUa Board with Two OMUc Boards

This section describes how to replace an OMUa board with two OMUc boards.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

143

Page 154: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 154/272

Prerequisites

l You have logged in to the LMT. For detailed operations, see Logging In to and Logging

Out of the LMT.

l Two new OMUc boards are ready.

l A USB installation disk has been prepared. For detailed operations, see Preparing a USB

Flash Drive. The operation type is set to Install and product software and patches are

installed during the preparation.

Context

If the OMU board to be replaced is faulty and cannot undergo operation and maintenance

(O&M), obtain the latest backup data for restoring the data on the new OMU board.

Mixed—insertion of OMU Boards

l

Short-term mixed—insertion of OMU boards is supported. When an OMUc board is usedto replace an OMUa board, the OMUc board and the OMUa board can be inserted into the

slots and co-exist for a short period, so that data can be transferred from the OMUa board

to the OMUc board.

l Long-term mixed—insertion of OMU boards in slots is not supported because the active

and standby OMU boards must be of the same type for commercial delivery in existing

network, for example, both active and standby OMU boards must be OMUa boards or 

OMUc boards.

Two solutions can be adopted for the OMU replacement in terms of synchronizing data during

the replacement:

l Solution 1: When slots beside the OMUa board in single-OMU mode are empty andavailable, the OMUa board can be replaced by the OMUc board through short-term mixed

 —insertion of OMU boards.

l Solution 2: When slots beside the OMUa board in single-OMU mode are not empty and

available, the data of the OMUa board can be copied onto the OMUc board to complete

replacement.

NOTICE

To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strapand insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For 

detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground

 point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.

Procedure

l Check whether slots beside the OMUa board are empty and available for installing the

OMUc board.

The OMUa board is twice the thickness of other OMU boards. Two OMUa boards are

installed in the slots in blue, yellow, and red frames, as shown in Figure 9-21. Between

two adjacent OMUa boards, one is active and the other is standby.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

144

Page 155: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 155/272

The first OMUc board used for replacement must be installed in the green slots in the blue,

yellow, and red frames.

Example 1: An OMUa board is installed in the slots 20 and 21 before replacement.

Replacing operations are as follows:

1. Install the first OMUc board in slot 23.

2. Remove the OMUa board installed in slots 20 and 21.

3. Install the second OMUc board in slot 22.

Example 2: An OMUa board is installed in the slots 22 and 23 before replacement. Perform

the following operations to replace OMU boards:

1. Install the first OMUc board in slot 21.

2. Remove the OMUa board installed in slots 22 and 23.

3. Install the second OMUc board in slot 20.

Figure 9-21 Slots housing the first OMUc board

 

If... Then...

Slots beside the OMUa board are empty

and available for installing the OMUc

 board

Start Replacement Through Co-

Existence of OMU Boards.

Slots beside the OMUa are not available

for installing the OMUc board

Start Replacement by Copying Data of 

OMU boards.

 

l Replacement Through mixed—insertion of OMU Boards

1. Run the BKP DB command with Path of Backup File and File Name set to

appropriate values to back up data and save it in the specified directory in the OMU

hard disk.

2. Change the OMU working mode to dual-OMU mode.

a. Log in to the active and standby OMU. For detailed operations, see Logging In

to the OMU.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

145

Page 156: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 156/272

 b. Run the /etc/rc.d/omud stop command to stop the omud process.

c. Enter cd /BSC6000/data/mbsc/bam/version_a/bin/bam and press Enter to

navigate to the directory that contains the omutool process.

d. Run the ./omutool dualmode dual command to set the OMU working mode to

dual-OMU.

e. Enter /etc/rc.d/omud start and press Enter to start the omud process.

3. In five minutes after the OMU board operating before replacement is started, run the

DSP OMU command. When the Operational state is Active normal, install the first

OMUc board in the slot shown in Figure 9-21.

4. Insert the prepared USB installation disk into any USB port on the OMU panel.

NOTE

The OMUc board is set to boot from the USB port by default at delivery.

After the OMU board restarts, it automatically installs OS and software.

5. Wait 1 to 2 minutes and then use the USB flash drive to install the OMU operating

system. Check the status of indicators on the OMU board panel to determine whether 

the OMU operating system is installed successfully.

– If only the operating system is to be installed on the OMU, check the indicator 

status by referring to Table 9-18.

– If the operating system and applications are to be installed on the OMU, check the

indicator status by referring to Table 9-19.

NOTE

If the status of the indicators differs from this, the OMU cannot identify the USB flash drive. When

this occurs, prepare another USB flash drive. Alternatively, copy the data in the original USB flashdrive to a new USB flash drive, and then reinstall the OMU operating system.

For details about the time needed for the OMU operating system installation, see Table 1 in Preparing

a USB Flash Drive.

Table 9-18 Status of the indicators on the OMU board panel during the OMU

operating system installation

Board During  Installation

SuccessfulInstallation

FailedInstallation

OMUc   l The RUN

indicator  blinks.

l The ALM

indicator 

 blinks.

l The ACT

indicator 

 blinks.

l The OFFLINE

indicator is off.

l The RUN

indicator  blinks.

l The ALM

indicator is off.

l The ACT

indicator is off.

l The OFFLINE

indicator 

 blinks.

l The RUN

indicator is off.

l The ALM

indicator 

 blinks.

l The ACT

indicator is off.

l The OFFLINE

indicator 

 blinks.

 

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

146

Page 157: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 157/272

Page 158: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 158/272

If... Then...

The SUSE Linux OS or Dopra Linux OS

is used

1. Log in to the active and standby

OMU. For detailed operations, see

Logging In to the OMU.2. Run the /etc/rc.d/omud stop

command to stop the omud process.

3. Run the poweroff command to shut

down the OMU OS.

The Windows OS is used 1. Log in to the active and standby

OMU. For detailed operations, see

Logging In to the OMU.

2. Choose Start > Run, Enter cmdand

then press Enter. The OMU

command interface is displayed.3. Run the net stop omud command to

stop the omud process.

4. Choose Start > Shutdown. Select

Shutdown from the drop-down list

 box to shut down the OMU OS.

 

10. Remove the standby OMUa board. For detailed operations, see Replacing an OMU

board that is equipped with new ejector levers or Replacing an OMU board that

is equipped with old ejector levers.

11. Install the second OMUc board in the active and standby slots of the first OMUc board.

These slots are the green slots shown in Figure 9-22.

The green slots in Figure 9-22 are the slots for housing the second OMUc board.

Figure 9-22 Slots housing the second OMUc board

 

12. Insert the prepared USB installation disk into any USB port on the OMU panel.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

148

Page 159: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 159/272

13. Wait 1 to 2 minutes and then use the USB flash drive to install the OMU operating

system. Check the status of indicators on the OMU board panel to determine whether 

the OMU operating system is installed successfully.

14. Adjust all the IP addresses and masks on the standby OMU board and ensure there is

no conflict between the internal network fixed IP addresses, the external network fixedIP addresses, and the backup channel IP addresses of the active and standby OMU

 boards. All these IP addresses meet the requirements for planning IP addresses. For 

details about how to adjust IP addresses, see Changing the IP Addresses and Masks

for the new OMU Boards.

15. Wait 10 minutes while the data of two OMUc boards is being synchronized.

16. Run the RMV BRD command to remove an OMUa board.

17. Run the ADD BRD command to add an OMUc board.

18. Run the DSP OMU command to check the data synchronization progress. When

Data-sync state is Data synchronization is successful, start 9.14.6 Common

Operation for Replacing OMU Board.l Replacement by Copying Data of OMU Boards

1. Run the BKP DB command with Path of Backup File and File Name set to

appropriate values to back up data and save it in the specified directory in the OMU

hard disk.

2. Save the performance configuration file, SSL license file, and OMU system data to

the local PC.

a. Start the file manager on the LMT. For detailed operations, see Starting the file

manager on the LMT.

 b. Select the files to be downloaded in the corresponding directories and click 

Download.

NOTE

Run the LST OMUAREA command to query the OMU active workspace. Assuming that the OMU

active workspace is version_a:

l Performance configuration files are saved in the \bam\version_a\ftp\DefaultMeas directory.

Only DefaultMeas_Active.xml and DefaultMeas_Standby.xml need to be backed up.

l License files are saved in the \bam\version_a\ftp\license directory.

3. Optional: Apply for a digital certificate.

4. Stop the omud process on the standby OMU board and shut down the OMU OS.

If... Then...

The SUSE Linux OS or Dopra Linux OS

is used

1. Log in to the active and standby

OMU. For detailed operations, see

Logging In to the OMU.

2. Run the /etc/rc.d/omud stop

command to stop the omud process.

3. Run the poweroff command to shut

down the OMU OS.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

149

Page 160: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 160/272

Page 161: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 161/272

Page 162: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 162/272

NOTICE

To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strap

and insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground

 point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the BKP DB command with Path of Backup File and File Name set to appropriate values

to back up data and save it in the specified directory in the OMU hard disk.

Step 2 Save the performance configuration file, SSL license file, and OMU system data to the local PC.

1. Start the file manager on the LMT. For detailed operations, see Starting the file manager 

on the LMT.

2. Select the files to be downloaded in the corresponding directories and click Download.

NOTE

Run the LST OMUAREA command to query the OMU active workspace. Assuming that the OMU active

workspace is version_a:

l Performance configuration files are saved in the \bam\version_a\ftp\DefaultMeas directory. Only

DefaultMeas_Active.xml and DefaultMeas_Standby.xml need to be backed up.

l SSL certificate files are saved in the \bam\version_a\ftp\cert directory.

l License files are saved in the \bam\version_a\ftp\license directory.

Step 3 Stop the omud process on the standby OMU board and shut down the OMU operating system(OS).

If... Then...

The SUSE Linux OS or Dopra Linux OS is

used

1. Log in to the active and standby OMU. For 

detailed operations, see Logging In to the

OMU.

2. Run the /etc/rc.d/omud stop command to

stop the omud process.

3. Run the poweroff command to shut down

the OMU OS.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

152

Page 163: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 163/272

If... Then...

The Windows OS is used 1. Log in to the active and standby OMU. For  

detailed operations, see Logging In to the

OMU.2. Choose Start > Run, Enter cmdand then

 press Enter. The OMU command

interface is displayed.

3. Run the net stop omud command to stop

the omud process.

4. Choose Start > Shutdown. Select

Shutdown from the drop-down list box to

shut down the OMU OS.

 

Step 4 Remove the OMU board to be replaced. For detailed operations, see Replacing an OMU board

that is equipped with new ejector levers or Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with

old ejector levers.

Step 5 Insert the prepared USB installation disk into any USB port on the OMU panel.

Step 6 Inset the new OMU board in the slots where the OMUa board is installed.

NOTE

The OMUc board is set to boot from the USB port by default at delivery.

After the OMU board restarts, it automatically installs OS and software.

Step 7 Wait 1 to 2 minutes and then use the USB flash drive to install the OMU operating system. Check the status of indicators on the OMU board panel to determine whether the OMU operating system

is installed successfully.

l If only the operating system is to be installed on the OMU, check the indicator status. See

Table 9-20.

l If the operating system and applications are to be installed on the OMU, check the indicator 

status. See Table 9-21.

NOTE

If the status of the indicators differs from this, the OMU cannot identify the USB flash drive. When this occurs,

 prepare another USB flash drive. Alternatively, copy the data in the original USB flash drive to a new USB flash

drive, and then reinstall the OMU operating system.

For details about the time needed for the OMU operating system installation, see Table 1 in Preparing a USB

Flash Drive.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

153

Page 164: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 164/272

Table 9-20 Status of the indicators on the OMU board panel during the OMU operating system

installation

Board InstallationProcedure

SuccessfulInstallation

Failed Installation

OMUc   l The RUN

indicator blinks.

l The ALM

indicator blinks.

l The ACT

indicator blinks.

l The OFFLINE

indicator is off.

l The RUN

indicator blinks.

l The ALM

indicator is off.

l The ACT

indicator is off.

l The OFFLINE

indicator blinks.

l The RUN

indicator is off.

l The ALM

indicator blinks.

l The ACT

indicator is off.

l The OFFLINE

indicator blinks.

 

Table 9-21 Status of indicators on the OMU board panel during the OMU operating system and

 product software installation

Board InstallationProcedure

SuccessfulInstallation

Failed Installation

OMUc   l The RUN

indicator blinks.

l The ALM

indicator blinks.

l The ACT

indicator blinks.

l The OFFLINE

indicator is off.

l The RUN

indicator blinks.

l The ALM

indicator is

steady on or off.

l The ACT

indicator is

steady on or off.

l The OFFLINE

indicator is off.

l The RUN

indicator blinks.

l The ALM

indicator blinks.

l The ACT

indicator is off.

l The OFFLINE

indicator is off.

 

Step 8 Log in to the LMT and start the file manager.

Step 9 Select the target file on the local PC and click Upload to upload Step 2 or the most recentlysaved OMU data to the active workspace on the OMU hard disk. Ensure that the upload path is

the same as the backup download path.

Run the MML command LST OMUAREA to query the active workspace. Assuming that the

active workspace is version_a:

l Certificate files are saved in \bam\version_a\ftp\cert.

l License files are saved in \bam\version_a\ftp\license.

l OMU system data files are saved in \mbsc\bam\version_a\data\backup.

Step 10 Log in to the OMU using the external network fixed IP address. For detailed operations, see

Logging In to the OMU.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

154

Page 165: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 165/272

Step 11 Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud stop and press Enter to stop the omud process.

Step 12 Type the command cd /mbsc/bam/common/services and press Enter to navigate to the

directory containing the omu_backup_linker tool.

Step 13 Type the command ./omu_backup_linker and press Enter to start the omu_backup_linker tool.

Step 14 A message is displayed "Please input a valid bkp_res_type :." Type restore

and press Enter.

Step 15 A message is displayed "Please input a valid backup file pathname : ."

Type the backup file save path and the file name and press Enter. The system starts to restore

data. A message will be displayed showing success or failure, for example, "Restore OMU

database succeed!" may be displayed.

Step 16 Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start and press Enter to start the omud pr ocess.

Step 17 Start 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board.

----End

9.14.5 Scenario: Replacing Active and Standby OMUs in Dual-OMU Mode

This section describes how to replace the active and standby OMUs when two OMUs are

configured in active/standby mode on BSC6900. In this scenario, OMU operation and

maintenance of the host boards are interrupted.

Prerequisites

l It is recommended that the new board be the same type as the boe\ard to be replaced.

NOTE

The OMUc board only runs the Dopra Linux OS.

l A USB installation disk has been prepared. For detailed operations, see Preparing a USB

Flash Drive. The operation type is set to Install and product software and patches are

installed during the preparation.

Context

l Replace both the active and standby boards only when they are both faulty. Otherwise,

 perform the operations described in 9.14.3 Scenario: Replacing the Standby OMU in

Dual-OMU Mode. If OMUc boards are used instead of OMUa boards, see Scenario:

Replacing Two OMUa Boards with Two OMUc Boards.

l The new OMUs can use the same operating system as the OMUs to be replaced or use

another operating system, but the active and standby OMUs must use the same operating

system.

l The new OMUs must be of the same type as the OMUs to be replaced.

l When the new OMU board runs a different OS from that of the OMU board to be replaced,

it is recommended that you switch the OS of the new OMU board to that of the old OMU

 board. This facilitates user operations.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

155

Page 166: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 166/272

NOTICE

To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strap

and insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground

 point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.

Procedure

Step 1 Remove the active and standby OMUs by referring to Replacing an OMU board that is

equipped with new ejector levers or Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with old

ejector levers.

Step 2 Perform the following operations based on the operating system:

Option Description

If the OMU operating

system is Dopra Linux

1. Connect two USB installation disks to any two USB ports on the

two new OMUs, respectively.

2. Install the new OMUs into the slots for the active and standby

OMUs.

3. After one or two minutes, the USB installation disks start

installation. Check the status of the indicators on the OMU panels

to determine whether installation is complete. For details about

indicator status, see Table 1 and Table 2 in Scenario: Old OMU

Board Running Dopra Linux and New OMU Board RunningSUSE Linux/Windows

4. Perform the following operations based on the USB installation

disk type:

l If the operation type of the installation disk is Install, perform

Step 5.

l If the installation type of the USB installation disks is

Switch, go to 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing

OMU Board without needing to restore OMU data.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

156

Page 167: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 167/272

Option Description

If the OMU operating

system is SUSE Linux

1. On the local computer, use EasyInstall to prepare an installation

source for SUSE Linux. For details, see Preparations for 

Reinstalling the OMU Operating System and Creating an

Installation Source for the Operating System.

2. Connect the local computer to the debugging Ethernet port on

each of the new OMUs.

3. Install a new OMU in the slot for the active OMU. For detailed

operations, see Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with

new ejector levers or Replacing an OMU board that is

equipped with old ejector levers.

4. Use EasyInstall to install SUSE Linux. For details, see Installing

the OMU Operating System by Using the EasyInstall Software.

5. Repeat steps a through d to install another OMU into the slot for 

the standby OMU and install SUSE Linux.

6. Install product software on the active and standby OMUs. For 

details, see Install product software. in Scenario: Old OMU

Running SUSE Linux and New OMU Running Dopra

Linux.

If the OMU operating

system is Windows

1. On the local computer, use EasyInstall to prepare an installation

source for Windows. For details, see Preparations for Reinstalling

the OMU Operating System, Creating an Installation Source for 

the Operating System and Creating an Installation Source for the

SetWin Software and OS Patches.

2. Connect the local computer to the debugging Ethernet port oneach of the new OMUs.

3. Install a new OMU in the slot for the active OMU. For detailed

operations, see Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with

new ejector levers or Replacing an OMU board that is

equipped with old ejector levers.

4. Use EasyInstall to install Windows. For details, see Installing the

OMU Operating System by Using the EasyInstall Software.

5. Repeat steps a through d to install another OMU into the slot for 

the standby OMU and install SUSE Linux.

6. Install product software on the active and standby OMUs. For details, see Install product software. in Scenario: Old OMU

Running Windows and New OMU Running Dopra Linux.

Step 3 Change the IP addresses of the new OMUs to those of the OMUs to be replaced.

Perform either of the following operation to change IP addresses of the new OMU:

l Run the MOD OMUIP command. This operation can be performed only if the local

commissioning network adapter is connected to the OMU. For details about this operation,

see the description of the MOD OMUIP command in the MML command reference.

l Use the omutool to change IP addresses of the OMU. For details, see the following steps.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

157

Page 168: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 168/272

Option Description

If the OMU operating

system is Dopra Linux

1. Type the command cd /mbsc/bam/version_a/bin/bam and press

Enter to navigate to the directory containing omutool.

2. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP addressesof the replaced OMU board.

l Execute ./omutool innercard IP address to change the

internal fixed IP address.

l Execute ./omutool innervip IP address to change the internal

virtual IP address.

l Execute ./omutool extercard IP address mask (gateway) to

change the external fixed IP address and subnet mask.

l Execute ./omutool extervip IP address subnet mask (gateway

 IP address) to change the external virtual IP address and

subnet mask.l Use the command ./omutool backupcard IP address to

change the backup channel IP address of the active and standby

OMUs of the ETH3-UPDATE Ethernet adapter on an

OMUa board.

l Use the command ./omutool backupcard_for_omuc IP 

address to change the backup channel IP address of the active

and standby OMUs of the B_UPDATE0 Ethernet adapter on

an OMUc board.

l Use the command ./omutool backupcard_for_omua IP 

address to change the backup channel IP address of the active

and standby OMUs of the B_UPDATE1 Ethernet adapter onan OMUc board.

l Execute ./omutool debugcard IP address to change the

commissioning IP address.

NOTE

Changing the debugging IP address immediately disconnects the LMT

PC from the OMU board. Use the new debugging IP address to connect

the LMT PC to the OMU board again.

3. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start and press Enter to start

the omud process.

NOTEAfter the IP address of the active OMU is set, log in to the standby OMU and

repeat the previous steps.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

158

Page 169: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 169/272

Page 170: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 170/272

Option Description

If the OMU operating

system is Windows

1. Choose Start > Run, type cmd, and press Enter to enter the OMU

command mode.

2. Type the command cd /d d:\mbsc\bam\version_a\bin\bam and press Enter to navigate to the directory containing omutool.

3. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP addresses

of the replaced OMU board.

l Execute omutool innercard IP address to change the internal

fixed IP address.

l Execute omutool innervip IP address to change the internal

virtual IP address.

l Execute omutool extercard IP address subnet mask (gateway

 IP address) to change the external fixed IP address and subnet

mask.l Execute ./omutool extervip IP address subnet mask (gateway

 IP address) to change the external virtual IP address and

subnet mask.

l Use the command omutool backupcard IP address to change

the backup channel IP address of the active and standby OMUs

of the ETH3-UPDATE Ethernet adapter on an OMUa board.

l Execute omutool debugcard IP address to change the

commissioning IP address.

NOTE

Changing the debugging IP address immediately disconnects the LMT

PC from the OMU board. Use the new debugging IP address to connect

the LMT PC to the OMU board again.

4. Type the command net start omud to start the omud progress.

NOTE

After the IP address of the active OMU is set, log in to the standby OMU and

repeat the previous steps.

Step 4 Install the operating system patch and upgrade the Ethernet adapter drive as shown in Table

9-22.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

160

Page 171: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 171/272

Table 9-22 Criteria for operations (3)

If... Then...

The OMU OS is Suse

Linux

Contact Huawei engineers to obtain the Hash value calculation tool

from http://support.huawei.com/carrier/#click=main3 andenter SingleRAN_O&M tools in the search window. Then,

download the OMU Driver Upgrade CHS ***.rar and get

Upgrade Guide to OMU Linux Ethernet Adapter Driver  and OMU

driver upgrade tool. Please refer to BSC6900 Upgrade Guide to

OMU O&M Panel Adapter Driver  to upgrade the OMU adapter 

driver.

NOTE

Suse Linux Operating System has no patch.

The OMU OS is

Windows

Download and decompress the Upgrade Guide to OMU

Windows Operating System and Ethernet Adapter Driver.

rar file from the release document. Decompress the package and

obtain the Upgrade Guide to OMU Windows Operating System

and Ethernet Adapter Driver .

 

Step 5 Remove the debugging Ethernet cable from the OMU board panel.

Step 6 Connect the LMT PC to the OMU external network.

Step 7 Download the latest backup data from the U2000 to the local computer For details, see Security

 Management  in U2000 Product Documentation.

Step 8 Log in to the LMT. For detailed operations, see Logging In to and Logging Out of the LMT. Onthe LMT, start the file manager. For detailed operations, see File Manager.

Step 9 Select the target file on the local computer and then click Upload file to upload the most recently

saved OMU data to the OMU hard disk. Ensure that the upload path is consistent with the

download path of the backup data and the data is uploaded to the active workspace.

Run the MML command LST OMUAREA to query the active workspace. Assuming that the

active workspace is version_a:

l Certificate files are saved in \bam\version_a\ftp\cert.

l License files are saved in \bam\version_a\ftp\license.

l OMU system data files are saved in \mbsc\bam\version_a\data\backup.

Step 10 Restore OMU data based on the operating system.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

161

Page 172: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 172/272

Option Description

The OMU OS is

Dopra Linux

1. Log in to the standby OMU by using the fixed external network 

IP address. For details, see Logging In to the OMU.

2. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud stop and press Enter to stopthe omud process.

3. Refer to Steps a and B to log in to the active OMU and end the

omud process.

4. Type the command cd /mbsc/bam/common/services and press

Enter to navigate to the directory containing the

omu_backup_linker tool.

5. Type the command ./omu_backup_linker and press Enter to

start the omu_backup_linker tool.

6. A message is displayed "Please input a valid

bkp_res_type :." Type restore and press Enter.7. A message is displayed "Please input a valid backup

file pathname : ." Type the backup file save path and the

file name and press Enter. The system starts to restore data. A

message will be displayed showing success or failure, for 

example, "Restore OMU database succeed!" may be

displayed.

8. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start to start omud on the

active OMU.

9. Log in to the standby OMU by using the fixed external network 

IP address. For details, refer to Logging In to the OMU.

10.Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start to start omud on the

standby OMU.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

162

Page 173: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 173/272

Option Description

The OMU OS is Suse

Linux

1. Log in to the standby OMU by using the fixed external network 

IP address. For details, refer to Logging In to the OMU.

2. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud stop and press Enter to stopthe omud process.

3. Refer to Steps a and B to log in to the active OMU and end the

omud process.

4. Type the command cd /BSC6000/data/mbsc/bam/common/

services and press Enter to navigate to the directory containing

the omu_backup_linker tool.

5. Type the command ./omu_backup_linker and press Enter to

start the omu_backup_linker tool.

6. A message is displayed "Please input a valid

bkp_res_type :." Type restore and press Enter.7. A message is displayed "Please input a valid backup

file pathname : ." Type the backup file save path and the

file name and press Enter. The system starts to restore data. A

message will be displayed showing success or failure, for 

example, "Restore OMU database succeed!" may be

displayed.

8. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start to start omud on the

active OMU.

9. Log in to the standby OMU by using the fixed external network 

IP address. For details, refer to Logging In to the OMU.

10.Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start to start omud on the

standby OMU.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

163

Page 174: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 174/272

Option Description

The OMU OS is

Windows

1. Log in to the standby OMU by using the fixed external network 

IP address. For details, refer to Logging In to the OMU.

2. Choose Start > Run, type cmd, and press Enter to enter the OMUcommand mode.

3. Type the command net stop omud to stop the omud progress.

4. Refer to Steps a through c to log in to the active OMU and end

the omud process.

5. Type the command cd /d d:\mbsc\bam\common\services and

 press Enter to navigate to the directory containing the

omu_backup_linker tool.

6. Type the command omu_backup_linker.exe and press Enter to

start the omu_backup_linker tool.

7. A message is displayed "Please input a validbkp_res_type :." Type restore and press Enter.

8. Type the backup file save path and the file name and press

Enter. The system starts to restore data. A message will be

displayed showing success or failure, for example, "Restore

OMU database succeed!" may be displayed.

9. Run net start omud to start omud on the active OMU.

10.Log in to the standby OMU by using the fixed external network 

IP address. For details, refer to Logging In to the OMU.

11.Run net start omud to start omud on the standby OMU.

Step 11 Go to 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board.

----End

9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board

This section describes the common operation after replacing OMU board, including querying

the OMU working status, modifying the name of the OMU, setting the time information of the

OMU, and setting the mode of the network adapter.

Procedure

Step 1 Optional: Apply for a digital certificate.

If the certificate is issued by Huawei, that is, Issuer in 1.2 contacts Huawei, a new certificate

is not required.

When the operation and maintenance channel of the BSC6900 enables the Secure Sockets Layer 

(SSL), and uses equipment certificate not issued by Huawei, that is, Issuer in 1.2 does not contact

Huawei, the onsite engineer needs to determine whether to log out the equipment certificate of 

the OMU board that has been replaced, and apply for a new one based on the certificate and the

equipment serial number (ESN) of the OMU board.

l If the ESN of the OMU board that has been replaced is the same with that in the equipment

certificate used by the NE, apply for a new certificate. For details, see "Certificate

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

164

Page 175: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 175/272

Application" in section "PKI Feature Parameter Description" of GBSS Feature

Documentation.

l If the ESN of the OMU board is different from that used by the NE, a new certificate is not

required, the original certificate can be continued to use.

1. Run the MML command LST APPCERT to query the digital certificate of the current

OMU board.

To query the device certificate files being used by all applications, run the

following command:

LST APPCERT:;

%%LST APPCERT:;%%

RETCODE = 0 Execution succeeded.

List Appcert

----------------

 Application Type Certificate File Name

SSL usercert.pem

(Number of results = 1)

--- END

2. Run the MML command DSP APPCERT to query the ESN in Common Name of the

equipment.

If the Common Name is 1234.***, then the ESN is 1234.

To query the detailed information about a device certificate file for an

application (Application Type: SSL), run the following command:

DSP APPCERT: APPTYPE=SSL;

%%DSP APPCERT: APPTYPE=SSL;%%

RETCODE = 0 Execution succeeded

Display Appcert

---------------

Application Type = SSL

File Name = usercert.pem

  Issuer = ***

  Common Name = ***

  Serial Number = 76:41:2d:00:1e:

25:60:8f:a6:d6:c2:e5:d1:33:81:75:55

  Effective Date = 2012-03-21 06:55:48

  Expiration Date = 2027-03-18 06:55:48

  Status = Normal

(Number of results = 1)

--- END

3. Run the MML command DSP ELABEL to query the ESN of the current OMU board.

In the example, BarCode is set to 210223880610B9000133, and this is the ESN of the

current OMU board.

To query the electronic label of the board (Subrack No. = 0; Device Type =

BOARD; Slot No. = 6), run the following type:

DSP ELABEL: SRN=0, DEVTYPE=BOARD, SN=6;

The result is as follows:

%%DSP ELABEL: SRN=0, DEVTYPE=BOARD, SN=6;%%

RETCODE = 0 Execution succeeded.

Electronic label information----------------------------

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

165

Page 176: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 176/272

  Subrack No. = 0

  Slot No. = 6

Electronic label information = /$[ArchivesInfo Version]

  = /$ArchivesInfoVersion=3.0

  [Board Properties]  BoardType=WP11OMUa

  BarCode=210223880610B9000133

  Item=02238806

  Description=PARC WP11OMUa Operation and

Maintenance Unit REV:a

  Manufactured=2009-03-16

  VendorName=Huawei

  IssueNumber=00

  CLEICode=

  BOM=

(Number of results = 1)

--- END

ESNs queried in 1.2 and 1.3 are different, a new certificate is not required.

Step 2 Optional: When the OMU runs the Dopra Linux operating system, set the OMU status to the

same status as that before the replacement based on the result recorded in Step 1 and Step 2.

For details, see Configuring OMU Route Forwarding and Disabling Root User Login to an OMU

Using SSH.

Step 3 Log in to the LMT by referring to Log in to the LMT.

Step 4 Run the MML command DSP OMU to query such information as OMU running status, fixed

IP addresses, virtual IP addresses, data synchronization state, internal network connection state,

external network connection state, and backup channel connection state.

If... Then...

  One OMU board is

configured and its

Operational state is Normal

  Two OMU boards are

configured and their

Operational state is Active

normal and Standby normal

respectively

Perform operations described in Step 5.

Operational state is FaultContact Huawei technical support.

Step 5 Based on Data-sync state queried in Step 4, do as follows:

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

166

Page 177: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 177/272

If... Then...

Data-sync state is not Data synchronization

is successful

Clear alarms by referring to

ALM-20701 OMU Failure Switchover 

and ALM-20704 OMU Data

Synchronization Failure. Go to Step 6

after the alarms are cleared.

Data-sync state is Data synchronization is

successful

Perform operations described in Step

6.

Step 6 Run the MML commands LST VER  and LST PATCHVER  to query whether the OMU

software version and patch version are correct.

If... Then...

They are correct Perform operations described in Step 7.

They are incorrect Obtain the OMU version software and patch software

again and install them.

Step 7 Run the MML command DSP OMUMODULE to query the status of the OMU processes.

If... Then...

State is Active or Stopped    l In dual-OMU mode, go to Step 8.

l In single-OMU mode, go to Step 9.

State is Abnormal Contact Huawei technical support.

Step 8 (For OMU boards in dual-OMU mode only) Run the MML command CMP OMUDATA to

compare data about active and standby OMU boards. Check whether alarm data, performance

data, and configuration data are consistent between the active and standby OMU boards.

If... Then...

The data is inconsistent 1. Run the MML command STR DATASYNC to start

data synchronization.

2. Perform operations described in Step 9.

The data is consistent Perform operations described in Step 9.

Step 9 Run the MML command CMP LICENSE to check whether the running license on host boards

is consistent with that on the OMU board.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

167

Page 178: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 178/272

If... Then...

The licenses are inconsistent 1. Resolve the problem by referring to ALM-20734

License Inconsistency Between OMU and Host.

2. Perform operations described in Step 10.

The licenses are consistent Perform operations described in Step 10.

Step 10 Run the MML command CMP BRDVER  to check whether the running version on host boards

is consistent with that on the OMU board.

If... Then...

The software versions are

inconsistent

1. Resolve the problem by referring to ALM-20733

Software Version Inconsistency Between OMU andHost.

2. Perform operations described in Step 11.

The software versions are

consistent

Perform operations described in Step 11.

Step 11 Run the MML command ACT CRC to check whether the configuration data on host boar ds is

consistent with that on the OMU board.

If... Then...

The configuration data is

inconsistent

1. Resolve the problem by referring to ALM-20736 Data

Inconsistency Between OMU and Host.

2. Perform operations described in Step 12.

The configuration data is

consistent

Perform operations described in Step 12.

Step 12 Run the MML command LST BRD to query Slot No. and Board Type of the OMU boar d.

If... Then...

The board type is inconsistent

before and after the OMU board

replacement

1. Run the MML command RMV BRD to remove

configurations of the replaced OMU board.

2. Run the MML command ADD BRD to add

configurations of the new OMU board.

3. Perform operations described in Step 13.

The board type is consistent

before and after the OMU board

replacement

Perform operations described in Step 13.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

168

Page 179: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 179/272

Page 180: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 180/272

fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing

a board, pay attention to the following points:

l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.

l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.

l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.

Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.

NOTE

You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.

9.15 Replacing a PAMU Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty PAMU board. The PAMU board is hot-swappable.

It takes about ten minutes to replace the board.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, and an ESD

 box or bag.

l A new PAMU board is ready.

l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.

Context

NOTICE

l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD

wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD

connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,

wear ESD gloves.

l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use

a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a

to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.

Procedure

Step 1 Record the status of the mute switch of the PAMU to be replaced.

For the position of the mute switch, see Panel of the PAMU Board.

Step 2 Set all bits of the DIP switch SW1 on the new PAMU to ON, as shown in Figure 9-23.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

170

Page 181: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 181/272

Figure 9-23 Setting of the DIP switch on the PAMU

 

Step 3 Loosen the screws on the monitoring board panel of the power distribution box with a Phillips

screwdriver, as shown in Figure 9-24.

Figure 9-24 Removing the monitoring board panel of the power distribution box

1 Monitoring board panel of the power distribution box 2 M3 recessed pan head screw 3 PAMU board

 

Step 4 Hold the monitoring board panel and remove the board from the power distribution box.

Step 5 Loosen the screws fixing the monitoring board panel to the PAMU board with a Phillips

screwdriver and remove the PAMU. as shown in Figure 9-25.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

171

Page 182: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 182/272

Page 183: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 183/272

NOTE

You can obtain the bar code of the board on the PCB plate of the faulty board.

9.16 Replacing a PEUa/PEUc BoardThis section describes how to replace a faulty PEUa/PEUc board. The PEUa/PEUc board is hot-

swappable. It takes about eight minutes to replace a PEUa/PEUc board.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a flat-head

screwdriver, and an ESD box or bag.

l A new PEUa/PEUc board is ready.

l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.

Context

NOTICE

l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD

wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD

connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,

wear ESD gloves.

l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use

a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a

to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTICE

l Replacing the standby PEUa/PEUc has no adverse impact on the system. Replacing the

PEUa/PEUc board working in stand-alone mode, however, interrupts services carried on this board.

l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using only a PEUa/PEUc board,

replacing the PEUa/PEUc board interrupts ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its

 peer equipment.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the LST SUBRACK  command to query the backup status of the PEUa/PEUc board to be

replaced.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

173

Page 184: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 184/272

If... Then...

Backup type is Backup Go to Step 2.

Backup type is No backup Go to Step 3.

NOTE

If two BSC6900 boards work in backup mode, the boards must be installed in an even-numbered slot and

in the slot numbered with the slot No. plus 1. For example, if boards in slots 14 and 15 do not work in

active/standby mode, they both work in stand-alone mode.

Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the board to be replaced.

If... Then...

CPU status is Active normal 1. Run the SWP BRD command to switch the board

over to standby status.

2. Go to Step 3.

NOTICE

Run this command when traffic is light, for example, at

midnight.

The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Run the DSP IPPATH command to query the status of board to be replaced.

If... Then...

IPPATH status is AVAILABLE 1. Run the BLK IPPATH command to block the IP

 path.

2. Go to Step 4.

IPPATH status is UNAVAILABLE Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check whether the labels on the E1/T1 cable and clock cable (if configured) connected to the

PEUa/PEUc are legible. If the labels are illegible, attach a new label to the cables to avoid

improper connection after the board is replaced.

Step 5 Disconnect the clock cable. Loosen the captive screws from the E1/T1 cable connector with a

flat-head screwdriver and remove the E1/T1 cable.

Step 6 Remove the PEUa/PEUc board to be replaced by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board.

Step 7 Check whether the settings of the DIP switches on the new board are correct by referring to DIP

Switches on the PEUa Board.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

174

Page 185: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 185/272

Page 186: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 186/272

If... Then...

The board version is inconsistent with the

board version matching table

1. Ensure that the program files of the board in

the OMU active workspace installation\bin

\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program

files are incorrect, contact Huawei

engineers.

2. Run RST BRD to reset the board.

3. Go to Step 10.

NOTE

You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.

Step 13 If the IP path is blocked in Step 3, run the UBL IPPATH command to unblock the IP Path.Otherwise, go to Step 14 directly.

Step 14 Verify this board is functioning correctly by testing the CS services with dialing and PS services

with web browsing.

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious

 physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,

fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing

a board, pay attention to the following points:

l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.

l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.

l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.

Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.

NOTE

You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.

9.17 Replacing a POUa/POUc Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty POUa/POUc board. The POUa/POUc board is

hot-swappable. It takes about five minutes to replace the board.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a flat-head

screwdriver, an ESD box or bag, dustfree cloth, and a fiber cleaner.

l A new POUa/POUc board is ready.

l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

176

Page 187: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 187/272

Context

NOTICEl To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD

wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD

connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,

wear ESD gloves.

l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use

a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a

to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTICE

l Replacing the standby POUa/POUc has no adverse impact on the system. Replacing the

POUa/POUc board working in stand-alone mode, however, interrupts services carried by the

subrack that houses the board.

l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using only a POUa/POUc board,

replacing the POUa/POUc board interrupts ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its

 peer equipment.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the LST SUBRACK  command to query the backup status of the POUa/POUc board to be

replaced.

If... Then...

Backup type is Backup Go to Step 2.

Backup type is No backup Go to Step 4 .

NOTE

If two BSC6900 boards work in backup mode, the boards must be installed in an even-numbered slot and

in the slot numbered with the slot No. plus 1. For example, if boards in slots 14 and 15 do not work in

active/standby mode, they both work in stand-alone mode.

Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the POUa/POUc board to be replaced.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

177

Page 188: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 188/272

If... Then...

CPU status is Active normal 1. Run the SWP BRD command to switch the board

over to standby status.

2. Go to Step 3.

NOTICE

Run this command when traffic is light, for example, at

midnight.

The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Run the DSP OPT command to query the backup status of all the ports on the POUa/POUc

 board to be replaced.

If... Then...

The ports are configured in independent

mode

Go to Step 4 .

The ports are configured in active/

standby mode, and the ports are active

1. Run the DSP MSP command to query the

MSP status.

l If the MSP is not started, run the ACT

MSP command to activate the MSP.

l If the MSP has been started, go to 3.2.

2. Run the SET MSPCMD command to switchthe active port to standby status.

l If the active port is located in a slot with

an even number, set MSPCMD to MS

(Manual switchover from working link 

to protection link).

l If the active port is located in a slot with

an odd number, set MSPCMD to LOP

(Lockout of Protection).

3. Go to Step 5.

NOTICE

Before activating the MSP, ensure that the local end

and the peer end have the same protection mode.

The ports are configured in active/

standby mode, and the ports are standby

Go to Step 5.

Step 4 Run the DSP IPPATH command to query the status of board to be replaced.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

178

Page 189: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 189/272

If... Then...

IPPATH status is AVAILABLE 1. Run the BLK IPPATH command to block the IP

 path.

2. Go to Step 5.

IPPATH status is UNAVAILABLE Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Check whether the labels on the optical cable and clock cable (if configured) connected to the

POUa/POUc are legible. If the labels are illegible, attach a new label to the cables to avoid

improper connection after the board is replaced.

Step 6 Remove the optical cables and cap the connectors. If the connectors are dirty, clean them with

the dustfree cloth or the fiber cleaner.

Step 7 Remove the board by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board and cap the optical ports.

Step 8 Check whether the settings of the DIP Switches on the POUa Board of the standby board are

correct.

NOTE

If the faulty board is POUc, checking the DIP switch is not required.

If... Then...

The settings are correct Go to Step 9.

The settings are incorrect 1. Set the DIP switches correctly.

2. Go to Step 9.

Step 9 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.

The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator 

 blinks every other 0.125s.

Step 10 Remove the caps from optical ports and connectors, and reserve them for later use. Then, install

the optical cables by referring to the labels.

Step 11Install the clock cable (if configured) by referring to the labels.

Step 12 If the RUN indicator blinks every other second, run the DSP BRD command to query the status

of the new board.

If... Then...

CPU status is Active normal or Standby normal Go to Step 14.

The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 13.

Step 13 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the BSC6900 LMT.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

179

Page 190: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 190/272

If... Then...

Alarms caused by a faulty board are

reported

1. Locate and rectify the fault according to the

alarm help information.

2. Go to Step 12.

No alarms caused by the faulty board are

reported

Go to Step 14.

Step 14 Run the CMP BRDVER  command to check whether the software version of the new board is

consistent with the board version matching table.

If... Then...

The board version is consistent with theboard version matching table

Go to Step 15.

The board version is inconsistent with the

board version matching table

1. Ensure that the program files of the board in

the OMU active workspace installation\bin

\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program

files are incorrect, contact Huawei

engineers.

2. Run RST BRD to reset the board.

3. Go to Step 12.

NOTE

You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.

Step 15 If the IP path is blocked in Step 4, run the UBL IPPATH command to unblock the IP Path.

Otherwise, go to Step 16 directly.

Step 16 Verify this board is functioning correctly by testing the CS services with dialing and PS services

with web browsing.

----End

Follow-up ProcedureRecord the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious

 physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,

fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing

a board, pay attention to the following points:

l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.

l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.

l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.

Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.

NOTE

You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

180

Page 191: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 191/272

9.18 Replace an SAUa/SAUc Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty SAUa/SAUc board. The SAUa/SAUc board is

hot-swappable. It takes about 16 minutes to replace the SAUa/SAUc board.

Prerequisites

l The tools used for replacing the SAUa/SAUc board are ready. The required tools are as

follows: ESD wrist strap, Phillips screwdriver, and ESD box/bag.

l You have prepared a new SAUa or SAUc board.

l The SAUa/SAUc board to be replaced is disabled.

Context

The following items of the new SAUa/SAUc board must be consistent with those of the SAUa/

SAUc board to be replaced:

l Password of the administrator of the operating system

l Internal and external fixed IP addresses

l PC name

NOTICE

Replacing the SAUa/SAUc board working in stand-alone mode will interrupt the communication between the host boards and the SAUa/SAUc, which results in system data loss.

Procedure

Step 1 Wear the ESD wrist strap and connect the ground core of the wrist strap to the ESD jack on the

cabinet.

Step 2 Remove the SAUa/SAUc board to be replaced.

1. Loosen the captive screw on the SAUa/SAUc board counterclockwise with a screwdriver,

as shown in A of Figure 9-26.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

181

Page 192: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 192/272

Figure 9-26 Uninstalling the SAUa/SAUc board

 

NOTE

The preceding figure takes an SAUa board as an example. The procedure for an SAUc board is

similar.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

182

Page 193: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 193/272

2. Press and hold the two locking buttons, flip outward the ejector levers on the SAUa/SAUc

 board panel to unlock them, and rotate them outward. The SAUa/SAUc board is separated

from the backplane, as shown in part B of Figure 9-26.

NOTE

Turning outwards the ejector levers on the SAUa/SAUc board gives a power-off sign to the SAUa/

SAUc board. The SAUa/SAUc board automatically shuts down the operating system and stops the

read/write operations on the hard disk. Then, the OFFLINE/OFL indicator on the SAUa/SAUc board

is steady on, indicating that the SAUa/SAUc board is powered off.

3. Remove the Ethernet cable, mouse cable, keyboard cable, and monitor cable (if configured)

from the SAUa/SAUc board after the OFFLINE/OFL indicator blinks fast and then is steady

 blue.

4. Remove the SAUa/SAUc board to be replaced along the guide rail of the subrack, as shown

in C of Figure 9-26.

Step 3 Install the new SAUa/SAUc board.

1. Press and hold the two locking buttons of the new board, flip outward the ejector levers to

separate them from the self-locking latch, and rotate them until they cannot be rotated, as

shown in part A of Figure 9-27.

2. Slide the new SAUa/SAUc board along the guide rails into the subrack, as shown in B of 

Figure 9-27.

Figure 9-27 Installing the SAUa/SAUc board

 

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

183

Page 194: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 194/272

NOTE

l The preceding figure takes an SAUa board as an example. The procedure for an SAUc board is

similar.

l The SAUa/SAUc is preferentially inserted into slots that meet the requirements. For details, see

SAUa Board or SAUc Board.

3. Turn the ejector levers on the SAUa/SAUc board inwards until they are in position, as

shown in C of Figure 9-27.

4. Tighten the captive screw clockwise with a screwdriver, as shown in D of Figure 9-27.

The new SAUa/SAUc board loads automatically and the RUN indicator blinks (0.125s on

and 0.125s off).

5. Install the cables by referring to the labels.

Step 4 Install the SAU Software. Configure the PC name and IP addresses of the new SAUa/SAUc

 board to ensure that they are the same as those of the replaced SAUa/SAUc board.

For details, see the SAU User Guide of Nastar documents.

Step 5 Confirm that the SAUa/SAUc board works properly.

1. Run the DSP SAU command to query the status of the new SAUa/SAUc board when the

RUN indicator is blinking (1s on and 1s off).

If... Then...

Operating Status is Active

Normal

Go to Step 5.3.

Other execution results are

displayed

Go to Step 5.2.

 

2. Check whether the alarms related board faults are displayed on the LMT.

If... Then...

Alarms related to board faults are

reported

1. Analyze the alarms according to the alarm

information, and then clear the alarms.

2. Go to Step 5.1.

Alarms related to board faults arenot displayed Go to Step 5.3.

 

3. Run the DSP SAUMODULE command to query the status of the SAU services.

If... Then...

Status is Startup Type The replacement is complete.

Status is Stopped Restart the abnormal process. If the fault persists,

contact the Huawei technical support engineers.

Status is Abnormal Contact Huawei technical support.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

184

Page 195: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 195/272

 

----End

Follow-up Procedure1. Record the name of the site, slot, and board where the faulty board is located and the version

of the board.

2. Check whether there is obvious physical damage to the board. For example, check whether 

there are any deformed mechanical parts, burned components, distorted connectors, and

 bent or broken-off pins.

3. Record the fault cause, fault symptom, alarm name, status of indicators on the panel of the

 board, and details of the procedures for locating and processing the faults on site.

4. Put the board into the ESD bag and then put the bag together with the onsite fault record

into the board box. Keep the box properly.

5. Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the faulty board.

9.19 Replacing an SCUa/SCUb Board

When an SCUa/SCUb board is faulty, you must replace it. The SCUa/SCUb board is hot-

swappable. The replacement scenarios include: replacing a SCUa board with another SCUa,

replacing a SCUa board with a SCUb board. It takes about 4 minutes to replace the board.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, an ESD box

or bag, dustfree cloth, and a fiber cleaner.

l A new SCUa/SCUb board is ready.

l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.

Context

NOTICE

l

To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESDwrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD

connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,

wear ESD gloves.

l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use

a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a

to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

185

Page 196: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 196/272

NOTICE

l Replacing the standby SCUa/SCUb board decreases the internal switching capacity but has

no impact on services.

l If no standby board is detected, replacing the SCUa/SCUb board in the MPS resets all boards

in the BSC6900 and interrupts all ongoing services in the BSC6900.

l If no standby board is detected, replacing the SCUa/SCUb board in the EPS resets all boards

in the subrack and interrupts all ongoing services. In addition, the communication between

the EPS and the MPS is interrupted.

l When an SCUa board is replaced by an SCUb board, it is recommended that SFP+ cables be

used to extend the inter-subrack bandwidth to 40 GHz. Otherwise, the inter-subrack 

 bandwidth is 4 GHz.

Procedure

Step 1 Display the subrack that houses the SCUa/SCUb board in Device Panel on the LMT. Check the

configuration of the SCUa/SCUb board.

If... Then...

Slots 6 and 7 are equipped with the SCUa/SCUb board Go to Step 2.

Slot 6 or 7 is equipped with the SCUa/SCUb board Go to Step 3.

Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the board to be replaced.

If... Then...

CPU status is Active normal 1. Run the SWP BRD command to switch over 

the board to the standby state.

2. Go to Step 3.

NOTICE

Run this command when traffic is light, for example,

at midnight. This is because a forced switchover will

affect system running.

CPU status is a value other than

 Active normal

Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Modify the board setting.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

186

Page 197: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 197/272

If... Then...

Replacing a board with a board of the

same hardware version (Including a SCUa

board is replaced by another SCUa board,a SCUb board is replaced by another

SCUb board)

Go to Step 4.

Replacing a board with a board of a later

hardware version (A SCUa board is

replaced by a SCUb board)

Contact Huawei engineers.

NOTE

Replacing an SCUa board with an SCUb board

involves complex operations, including setting the

configuration mode of subracks to the ineffective

mode and specifying the status of ports on the SCUb

 board. Therefore, the replacement must be

implemented by Huawei engineers.

Step 4 Check whether the labels on the cables connected to the SCUa/SCUb board are legible. If the

labels are illegible, attach a new label to the cables to avoid improper connection after the board

is replaced.

Step 5 Disconnect the cables from the faulty board.

Step 6 Remove the faulty SCUa/SCUb board from the subrack by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a

Board.

Step 7 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.

If... Then...

Replacing a board with a board of 

the same hardware version

(Including a SCUa board is replaced

by another SCUa board, a SCUb

board is replaced by another SCUb

board)

Go to Step 8.

NOTE

The new board automatically loads program and

configuration data, and the RUN indicator blinks (0.125s on

and 0.125s off).

Replacing a board with a board of a

later hardware version (A SCUa

board is replaced by a SCUb board)

l Run the SET CFGDATAINEFFECTIVE

command to set the configuration mode of all

subracks to the ineffective mode.

l Run the RST BSC command to set all subracks of 

the BSC.

l Go to Step 8.

Step 8 Install the cables by referring to the labels.

Step 9 If the RUN indicator blinks (1s on and 1s off), run the DSP BRD command to query the status

of the new board.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

187

Page 198: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 198/272

If... Then...

Only one SCUa/SCUb board is configured, and the CPU status

parameter is set to is Active normal

Go to Step 11.

Two SCUa/SCUb boards are configured, and the CPU status

parameter is set to is Standby normal

Go to Step 11.

TheCPU status parameter is a value other than Active normal and

Standby normal

Go to Step 10.

Step 10 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the LMT.

If... Then...

Alarms caused by a faulty board are

reported

1. Analyze and clear the alarm according to the

alarm help information.

2. Go to Step 9.

No alarms caused by the faulty board are

reported

Go to Step 11.

Step 11 Run the CMP BRDVER  command to check whether the software version of the new board is

consistent with the board version matching table.

If... Then...

The board version complies with the

board version matching table

Go to Step 12.

The board version does not comply with

the board version matching table

1. Ensure that the program files of the board in

the OMU active workspace installation\bin

\fam on the OMU board are correct. If the

files are incorrect, contact Huawei engineers

for the correct files.

2. Run the RST BRD command to reset the

 board.

3. Go to Step 9.

NOTE

You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.

Step 12 Verify whether this board is functioning properly by testing CS services with dialing and PS

services with web browsing.

----End

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

188

Page 199: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 199/272

Follow-up Procedure

Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious

 physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,

fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing

a board, pay attention to the following points:

l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.

l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.

l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.

Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.

NOTE

You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.

9.20 Replacing a UOIa/UOIc BoardThis section describes how to replace a faulty UOIa/UOIc board. The UOIa/UOIc board is hot

swappable. It takes about five minutes to replace the board.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, an ESD box

or bag, dustfree cloth, and a fiber cleaner.

l A new UOIa/UOIc board is ready.

l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.

Context

NOTICE

l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD

wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD

connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,

wear ESD gloves.

l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To usea board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a

to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

189

Page 200: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 200/272

NOTICE

l Replacing the standby UOIa/UOIc board has no adverse impact on the system. When no

standby UOIa/UOIc board is in position, replacing the board interrupts services carried onthis board.

l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using only a UOIa/UOIc board,

replacing the UOIa/UOIc board interrupts ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its

 peer equipment.

Procedure

Step 1 Run the LST SUBRACK  command to query the backup status of the UOIa/UOIc board to be

replaced.

If... Then...

Backup type is Backup Go to Step 2.

Backup type is No backup Go to Step 4.

NOTE

If two BSC6900 boards work in backup mode, the boards must be installed in an even-numbered slot and

in the slot numbered with the slot No. plus 1. For example, if boards in slots 14 and 15 do not work in

active/standby mode, they both work in stand-alone mode.

Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the board to be replaced.

If... Then...

CPU status is Active normal 1. Run the SWP BRD command to switch the board

over to standby status.

2. Go to Step 3.

NOTICE

Run this command when traffic is light, for example, at

midnight.

The CPU is in another status Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Run the DSP OPT command to query the backup status of all the optical ports on the UOIa/

UOIc board to be replaced.

If... Then...

The optical port is standby Go to Step 4.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

190

Page 201: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 201/272

If... Then...

The optical port is active 1. Run the DSP MSP command to query the MSP status.

l If the MSP is not started, run theACT MSP

 command

to activate the MSP.

l If the MSP has been started, go to 3.2.

2. Run the SET MSPCMD command to switch the active port

to standby status.

l If the active port is located in a slot with an even number,

set MSPCMD to MS(Manual switchover from

working link to protection link).

l If the active port is located in a slot with an odd number,

set MSPCMD to LOP(Lockout of Protection).

3. Go to Step 4.NOTICE

Before activating the MSP, ensure that the local end and the peer end

have the same protection mode.

Step 4 Check whether the labels on the optical cable and clock cable (if configured) connected to the

UOIa/UOIc board are legible. If the labels are illegible, attach a new label to the cables to avoid

improper connection after the board is replaced.

Step 5 Remove the clock cable.

Step 6 Remove the optical cables and cap the connectors. If the connector s are dirty, clean them with

the dustfree cloth or the fiber cleaner.

Step 7 Remove the board by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board and cap the optical ports.

Step 8 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.

The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator 

 blinks every other 0.125s.

Step 9 Remove the caps from optical ports and connectors, and reserve them for later use. Then, connect

the optical cable by referring to the labels.

Step 10 Install the clock cable (if configured) by referring to the labels.

Step 11 If the RUN indicator blinks every other second, run the DSP BRD command to query the status

of the new board.

If... Then...

CPU status is Active normal or Standby normal Go to Step 13.

The CPU is in another status Go to Step 12.

Step 12 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the BSC6900 LMT.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

191

Page 202: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 202/272

If... Then...

Alarms caused by a faulty board are

reported

1. Locate and rectify the fault according to the

alarm help information.

2. Go to Step 11.

No alarms caused by the faulty board are

reported

Go to Step 13.

Step 13 Run the CMP BRDVER  command to check whether the software version of the new board is

consistent with the board version matching table.

If... Then...

The board version is consistent with the

board version matching table

Go to Step 14.

The board version is inconsistent with the

board version matching table

1. Ensure that the program files of the board in

the OMU active workspace installation\bin

\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program

files are incorrect, contact Huawei

engineers.

2. Run RST BRD to reset the board.

3. Go to Step 11.

NOTE

You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.

Step 14 Verify this board is functioning correctly by testing the CS services with dialing and PS services

with web browsing.

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious

 physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,

fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the re placed board. When packing

a board, pay attention to the following points:

l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.

l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.

l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.

Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.

NOTE

You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

192

Page 203: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 203/272

9.21 Replacing an SPUa Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty SPUa board. The SPUa board is hot-swappable.

It takes about six minutes to replace and load a board.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, an ESD box

or bag, and dustfree cloth.

l A new SPUa board is ready.

l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.

Context

NOTICE

l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD

wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD

connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,

wear ESD gloves.

l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use

a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a

to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTICE

l Replacing the standby main control SPUa board has no adverse impact on the services in the

system. Replacing the main control SPUa board working in stand-alone mode, however,

interrupts services carried on the subrack.

l Replacing the standby non main control SPUa board has no adverse impact on the services

in the system. Replacing the non main control SPUa board working in stand-alone mode,however, interrupts services carried on the board.

Procedure

Step 1 Display the subrack that houses the SPUa board in the Device Panel on the LMT. Check the

configuration of the SPUa board.

If... Then...

The SPUa board to be replaced works in the active/standby mode Go to Step 2.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

193

Page 204: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 204/272

If... Then...

The SPUa board to be replaced does not work in the active/standby mode Go to Step 3.

NOTE

If two BSC6900 boards work in backup mode, the boards must be installed in an even-numbered slot and

in the slot numbered with the slot No. plus 1. For example, if the board that is installed in slot 2 does not

work in backup mode, the board that is installed in slot 3 does not work in backup mode either.

Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the SPUa board to be replaced.

If... Then...

CPU status is set to Active normal 1. Run SWP BRD to switch the board over to

standby.

2. Go to Step 3.

NOTICE

Run this command when traffic is light, for example, at

midnight.

The CPU is in another status Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Remove the SPUa board to be replaced by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board.

Step 4 Insert the new SPUa board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.

The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator 

 blinks every other 0.125s.

Step 5 If the RUN indicator blinks every other second, run DSP BRD to query the status of the new

 board.

If... Then...

The SPUa board to be replaced does not work in the active/standby mode,

CPU status is Active normal

Go to Step 7.

The SPUa board to be replaced works in the active/standby mode, CPU

status is Standby normal

Go to Step 7.

The CPU is in another status Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the BSC6900 LMT.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

194

Page 205: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 205/272

If... Then...

Alarms caused by a faulty board are

reported

1. Locate and rectify the fault according to the

alarm help information.

2. Go to Step 5.

No alarms caused by the faulty board are

reported

Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Run the CMP BRDVER  command to check whether the software version of the new board is

consistent with the board version matching table.

If... Then...

The board version is consistent with the

board version matching table

Go to Step 8.

The board version is inconsistent with the

board version matching table

1. Ensure that the program files of the board in

the OMU active workspace installation\bin

\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program

files are incorrect, contact Huawei

engineers.

2. Run RST BRD to reset the board.

3. Go to Step 5.

NOTE

You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.

Step 8 Verify this board is functioning correctly by testing the CS services with dialing and PS services

with web browsing.

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious

 physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,

fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the re placed board. When packing

a board, pay attention to the following points:

l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.

l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.

l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.

Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.

NOTE

You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

195

Page 206: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 206/272

9.22 Replacing an SPUb/SPUc Board

This section describes how to replace a faulty SPUb/SPUc board. The SPUb/SPUcc board is

hot-swappable. It takes about six minutes to replace and load a board.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, an ESD box

or bag, and dustfree cloth.

l A new SPUb/SPUc board is ready.

l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.

Context

NOTICE

l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD

wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD

connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,

wear ESD gloves.

l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use

a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a

to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTICE

l Replacing the standby main control SPUb/SPUc board has no adverse impact on the services

in the system. Replacing the main control SPUb/SPUc board working in stand-alone mode,

however, interrupts services carried on the subrack.

l Replacing the standby non main control SPUb/SPUc board has no adverse impact on the

services in the system. Replacing the non main control SPUb/SPUc board working in stand-alone mode, however, interrupts services carried on the board.

Procedure

Step 1 Display the subrack that houses the SPUb/SPUc board in the Device Panel on the LMT. Check 

the configuration of the SPUb/SPUc board.

If... Then...

The SPUb/SPUc board to be replaced works in the active/standby mode Go to Step 2.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

196

Page 207: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 207/272

If... Then...

The SPUb/SPUc board to be replaced does not work in the active/standby

mode

Go to Step 3.

NOTE

If two BSC6900 boards work in backup mode, the boards must be installed in an even-numbered slot and

in the slot numbered with the slot No. plus 1. For example, if the board that is installed in slot 2 does not

work in backup mode, the board that is installed in slot 3 does not work in backup mode either.

Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the SPUb/SPUc board to be replaced.

If... Then...

CPU status is Active normal 1. Run SWP BRD to switch the board over to standby.

2. Go to Step 3.

NOTICE

Run this command when traffic is light, for example, at midnight.

The CPU is in another status Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Optional: Modify the board setting.

If... Then...

Replacing a board with a board of the same

hardware version (Including a SPUc

board is replaced by another SPUb board,

a SPUb board is replaced by another SPUb

board)

Go to Step 4.

Replacing a board with a board of a later

hardware version (Including a SPUb

board is replaced by a SPUc board, a SPUc

board is replaced by a SPUb board)

l Run the MOD BRD command on the LMT

to modify board settings.

l Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Remove the SPUb/SPUc board to be replaced by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board.

Step 5 Insert the new SPUb/SPUc board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.

The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator 

 blinks every other 0.125s.

Step 6 If the RUN indicator blinks every other second, run DSP BRD to query the status of the new

 board.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

197

Page 208: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 208/272

Page 209: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 209/272

Follow-up Procedure

Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious

 physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,

fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packinga board, pay attention to the following points:

l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.

l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.

l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.

Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.

NOTE

You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.

9.23 Replacing a Subrack

This section describes how to replace a faulty BSC6900 subrack. After powering off a subrack,

60 minutes is required for the replacement before a new subrack starts working properly.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a socket wrench, a Phillips

screwdriver, a flat-head screwdriver, diagonal pliers, dustfree cloth, and a fiber cleaner.

l A new subrack is ready.

Context

NOTICE

To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.

Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If 

no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

NOTICE

l Replacing a subrack interrupts services carried on the boards in the subrack.

l Replace a subrack with caution quickly when traffic is light, for example, in the early

morning.

l A subrack is fairly heavy. For safety purposes, a 3-person group is recommended when

replacing the subrack.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

199

Page 210: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 210/272

Procedure

Step 1 Check whether the labels on the cables are legible. If the labels are illegible, relabel the cables

to avoid improper connection after the subrack is replaced.

Step 2 Record the installation positions of boards in the subrack and the DIP switch of the subrack.

Step 3 Check the types of the subrack to be replaced, and perform the related operations shown in the

following table:

If... Then...

The subrack is an EPS subrack  Turn off the power switch for the subrack to be replaced.

The subrack is an MPS 1. Raise the ejector levers of the OMUa/OMUc board, as

shown in part B of Removing the OMUa/OMUc

board. Repeat this step if there are two boards.2. Turn off the power switch for the subrack after the

OFFLINE indicator on the OMUa/OMUc board is

steady on.

NOTE

Assign switches for BSC6900 cabinets by referring to labels on the front panel of the power distribution

 box. For details, see 6.1 Distribution of Power Switches.

Step 4 Remove the cables connected to the subrack.

Step 5 Remove boards from the subrack in sequence by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board. Then, put them in ESD boxes or ESD bags.

Step 6 Remove the eight captive screws fixing the subrack on the cabinet from the front of the cabinet

using the Phillips screwdriver and reserve them for later use. Four captive screws are on the left

side and the other are on the right side.

Step 7 One person pushes the subrack out along the guide rail from the back of the cabinet. The other 

two persons hold the subrack by the mounting ears and support the base of the subrack. Pull out

the subrack from the cabinet.

Step 8 Two persons hold the mounting ears and support the base of a new subrack. Slide the subrack 

along the guiding rail into the cabinet. Then, fasten the screws to fix the subrack.Step 9 Set the DIP switches of the new subrack by referring to the DIP switching setting on the removed

subrack. For details on how to verify and set the DIP switches on BSC6900 subracks, see DIP

Switch on a Subrack.

Step 10 Install the power cables for the new subrack:

1. Take off the cover of the power cable connection box and remove the screws in the power 

 ports, as shown in Figure 9-28.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

200

Page 211: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 211/272

Figure 9-28 Power cable connection box

 

2. Connect the power cables to the power ports in the subrack, as shown in Figure 9-29.

Figure 9-29 Connecting the power cable to the power port

 

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

201

Page 212: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 212/272

3. Install the cover of the power cable connection box, as shown in Figure 9-30.

Figure 9-30 Installing the cover of the power cable connection box

 

Step 11 Insert the boards into the subrack by referring to the records put down in Step 2 and 9.2.4

Installing a board.

Step 12 Install the inter-SCUa or inter-SCUb cables:

l If the new subrack is to be equipped with SCUa boards, install the inter-SCUa cables between

different subracks according to instructions in Installing the Inter-SCUa Cables Between

Different Subracks.

l If the new subrack is to be equipped with SCUb boards, install inter-SCUb SFP+ high-speed

cables between different subracks according to instructions in Installing the Inter-SCUb SFP

+ High-Speed Cables Between Different Subracks.

Step 13 Install the Ethernet cables and fiber optic cables for connecting the interface boards.

Step 14 Turn on the power switch controlling the subrack on the power distribution box.

Step 15 Commission the data loading and services.

For details on the commissioning methods, see BSC6900 UMTS Commissioning Guide.

Step 16 Check whether alarms related to subrack failure such as Cell Setup Failure are cleared after the

BSC6900 subrack is replaced. Clear the alarms by referring to the online alarm reference on the

LMT. If the alarms persist, contact Huawei technical support.

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Contact the local Huawei representative office to dispose the replaced subrack.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

202

Page 213: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 213/272

9.24 Replacing the Independent Fan Subrack

When an independent fan subrack in the BSC6900 is faulty, the independent fan subrack must

 be replaced. It takes about 15 minutes to replace an independent fan subrack.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a flat-head

screwdriver, diagonal pliers, dustfree cloth, and a fiber cleaner.

l A new independent fan subrack is ready.

Context

NOTICE

To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.

Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If 

no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

Procedure

Step 1 View the label for each port at the rear of the fan subrack, as shown in Figure 9-31. If a label is

not legible, attach a new label to avoid wrong connection after replacing the fan subrack.

Figure 9-31 Rear view of the fan subrack 

1 Monitor 1 port for the connection to the power 

distribution box

2 Power input port 3 Monitor 2 port (reserved)

4 Monitor 0 port for the connection to the BSC6900

subrack 

5 Monitor 3 port (reserved)

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

203

Page 214: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 214/272

Step 2 Turn off the power switch that control the independent fan subrack to be replaced.

NOTE

For distribution of the BSC6900 power switches, see the labels on the front panel of the power distribution

 box. For details, see 6.1 Distribution of Power Switches.

Step 3 Remove the four screws that fix the independent fan subrack from the front of the cabinet and

reserve them for later use.

Step 4 Hold the mounting ears and support the bottom of the fan subrack, and then pull the fan subrack 

for a short distance so that the cables connected to the independent fan subrack can be removed.

Step 5 Remove the cables connected to the independent fan subrack by referring to 10 Replacing a

cable.

Step 6 Hold the mounting ears and support the bottom of the fan subrack, and then remove the

independent fan subrack from the cabinet.

Step 7 Connect monitoring signal cables and PGND cable to the new independent fan subrack.

Step 8 Hold the mounting ears and support the bottom of the new independent fan subrack, and then

 push the independent fan subrack slowly into the cabinet along the guide rails.

NOTICE

l Do not push the independent fan subrack completely into the cabinet, that is, certain space

should be reserved for installing cables.

l Pay attention to the mounting bar and guide rails when installing cables.

Step 9 Connect the power cable and monitoring signal cable in sequence of the power distribution box

to the new independent fan subrack.

Step 10 Connect the monitoring signal cable to the monitor 0 port on the new independent fan subrack.

Step 11 Connect the PGND cable to the mounting bar.

Step 12 Push the independent fan subrack completely into the subrack.

Step 13 Fix the screws on the panel of the independent fan subrack.

Step 14 Turn on the power switch that control the independent fan subrack on the power distribution

 box.

Step 15 Perform service commissioning.

For detailed procedures, see the BSC6900 UMTS Commissioning Guide.

Step 16 After replacing the independent fan subrack in the BSC6900 cabinet, check whether the alarms

related to the independent fan subrack are cleared. If these alarms persist, clear them by referring

to the alarm online help on the LMT. If these alarms still persist, contact Huawei technical

support.

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced independent fan subrack.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

204

Page 215: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 215/272

9.25 Replacing the Power Distribution Box

This section describes how to replace a faulty power distribution box. It takes about 25 minutes

to replace a power distribution box.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, cable ties,

diagonal pliers, PVC insulation tapes, and sticky label paper.

l A new power distribution box is configured according to actual requirements on site.

Context

NOTICE

To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.

Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If 

no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

NOTICE

l Replacing the power distribution box in the EPR interrupts all the services carried by the

EPR.

l Replacing the power distribution box in the MPR interrupts all the services carried by the

whole BSC6900.

Figure 9-32 shows the rear panel of the power distribution box.

Figure 9-32 Rear panel of the power distribution box

1 Power input terminals 2 Power output terminals

3 Port connecting the power distribution box and a service subrack 4 2-hole ground screw

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

205

Page 216: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 216/272

Page 217: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 217/272

Step 11 Install the plastic panel of the new power distribution box, install the power distribution box on

the top of the cabinet, and then fasten the four screws on the front hanger of the power distribution

 box.

Step 12 Connect the cables to the power distribution box.

l Connect the PGND cable to the power distribution box.

l Connect the power input cable by referring to the engineering label or temporary label. Then,

ground screw a new engineering label to the cable.

l Connect the power output cable by referring to the engineering label or temporary label.

Then, ground screw a new engineering label to the cable.

l Connect the PDB monitoring signal cable to one end of the PDB.

Step 13 Ensure that all the power cables are correctly connected.

Step 14 Set the switch that controls the power supply of the power distribution box on the PDF to ON.

Step 15 Set the switches on the power distribution box to ON by referring to the records in Step 1.

Step 16 Install the transparent plastic filler panel at the rear of the power distribution box.

Step 17 After replacing the power distribution box, check the items in Table 9-23.

Table 9-23 Checklist for the new power distribution box

Item Result Action

Indicators on the panel

show the normal status of 

the power distribution

 box. For details about the

indicators, refer to Panel

of the PAMU Board.

Yes Check the next item.

 No 1. Check whether the power input

cables are correctly connected.If the power input cables are

incorrectly connected,

reconnect the cables.

2. If the alarms persist, contact

Huawei Customer Service

Center.

Alarms related to the

 power distribution box

failure are cleared.

Yes Check the next item.

 No 1. Clear the alarms by referring to

the alarm online help on the

LMT.

2. If the alarms persist, contact

Huawei Customer Service

Center.

The power distribution

 box supplies power to all

the components in the

cabinet.

Yes No further action is required.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

207

Page 218: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 218/272

Item Result Action

 No 1. Check whether the power 

output cables are correctly

connected. If the power outputcables are incorrectly

connected, turn off all the

switches on the power 

distribution box and the switch

that controls the cabinet on the

PDF. Then reconnect the

cables.

2. If the alarms persist, contact

Huawei Customer Service

Center.

 

NOTE

After powering on the cabinet, check the power supply to the internal components and handle problems

accordingly.

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the faulty power distribution box.

9.26 Replacing a Fan Assembly

This section describes how to replace a faulty fan assembly. You are advised to replace the fan

assembly within one minute.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, and a flat-

head screwdriver.

l The new fan assembly is clean.

Context

NOTICE

To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.

Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If 

no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

208

Page 219: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 219/272

NOTICE

Replacing the fan assembly severely affects the heat dissipation. You are advised to replace the

fan assembly within one minute. Otherwise, the boards will be damaged due to high temperature.

Procedure

Step 1 Set the DIP switch on the PFCU board according to the location and configuration of the fan

assembly.

l If the fan assembly is located in the subrack and the PFCU board is configured, set the DIP

switch on the PFCU board (as shown in Figure 9-33) in the new fan assembly according to

Table 9-24.

Figure 9-33 DIP switch on the PFCU board

 

Table 9-24 Setting of the DIP switch on the PFCU board

DIP Switch DIP Bit Switch Status Description

SW1 1 (the lowest bit) OFF 1

2 ON 0

3 ON 0

4 (the highest bit) ON 0

 

l If the fan assembly is located in the independent fan subrack and the PFCU board is

configured, set the DIP switch on the PFCU board (as shown in Figure 9-34) in the new fan

assembly according to Table 9-25.

Figure 9-34 DIP switch on the PFCU board

 

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

209

Page 220: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 220/272

Table 9-25 Setting of the DIP switch on the PFCU board

DIP Switch DIP Bit Switch Status Description

SW1 1 (the lowest bit) ON 0

2 ON 0

3 OFF 1

4 (the highest bit) ON 0

 

Step 2 Loosen the captive screws on the panel of the fan assembly to be replaced.

Step 3 Remove the fan assembly. As shown in Figure 9-35, hold the handle of the panel to remove the

fan assembly along the guide rails (all the fans slow down and stop). When the fan assembly is

almost out of the cabinet, hold the bottom of the fan assembly with two hands and remove it.

NOTICE

Do not touch the inside of the fan assembly when replacing the fan assembly. The running fan

or the metal edges of the mechanical parts will injure your fingers.

Figure 9-35 Pulling out the fan assembly

1 Fan Assembly 2 Subrack  

 

Step 4 Reserve the replaced fan assembly in a safe place.

Step 5 Insert the fan assembly into the subrack along the guide rails by holding the bottom of the fan

assembly with one hand and the handle with the other hand. Then, push the fan assembly by

holding the two handles on the fan assembly along the guide rails until the fans start to work.

Step 6 Secure the captive screws on the panel.

Step 7 After replacing the fan assembly, check the items listed in Table 9-26 one by one.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

210

Page 221: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 221/272

Page 222: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 222/272

Context

NOTICETo protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.

Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If 

no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

In short-distance transmission, multimode optical modules are used with the multimode fibers

and the effective transmission distance is 2 km. In long-distance transmission, single-mode

optical module are used with the single-mode fibers and the effective transmission distance can

 be 15 km, 40 km, or 80 km. Generally, single-mode optical modules with an effective

transmission distance of 15 km are used. The BSC and its peer equipment must use optical

modules of the same mode and wavelength for effective transmission.

Table 9-27 lists the parameters of the mostly used optical modules.

Table 9-27 Parameters of optical modules

OpticalModuleType

ProtocolType

OpticalConnector Type

Center Waveleng th

Rate

TransmissionDistance

Max./Min.OutputOpticalPower

SaturationOpticalPower

ReceiverSensitivity

multi

mode

optical

modul

e

ST

M– 

1

LC/PC 1310

nm

15

5

Mb

it/s

2 km -14/-19 dBm -14

dBm

-30

dBm

Single

-mode

optical

modul

e

ST

M– 

1

LC/PC 1310

nm

15

5

Mb

it/s

15 km -8/-15 dBm -8 dBm -31

dBm

multi

mode

optical

modul

e

GE LC/PC 850

nm

1.2

5

Gb

it/s

0.5 km -2.5/-9.5 dBm 0 dBm -17

dBm

Single

-mode

optical

modul

e

GE LC/PC 1310

nm

1.2

5

Gb

it/s

10 km -3/-9 dBm -3 dBm -20

dBm

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

212

Page 223: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 223/272

OpticalModule

Type

ProtocolTy

pe

OpticalConnector Type

Center Waveleng 

th

Rate

TransmissionDista

nce

Max./Min.OutputOpticalPower

SaturationOptical

Power

ReceiverSensitivity

multi

mode

optical

modul

e

10

GE

LC/PC 850

nm

10.

31

25

Gb

it/s

0.3 km -1/-7.3 dBm -1 dBm -11.1

dBm

Single

-mode

optical

modul

e

10

GE

LC/PC 1310

nm

10.

31

25

Gb

it/s

10 km 0.5/-8.2 dBm 0.5

dBm

-12.6

dBm

 

NOTE

l Replacing the pluggable optical module on the standby optical interface board does not affect the

system.

l If there is no standby board in position, replacing the pluggable optical module on the active optical

interface board interrupts all the services carried on the board.

Procedure

Step 1 Remove the optical cable on the optical port.

Step 2 Cover the connector of the optical cable with a protective cap to keep it clean.

Step 3 Unlock the bayonet lock, as shown in part 1 of Figure 9-36. Remove the optical module, as

shown in part 2 of Figure 9-36.

Figure 9-36 Replacing an optical module

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

213

Page 224: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 224/272

 

Step 4 Cover the optical module with a protective cap.

Step 5 Put the removed optical module in an ESD bag.

Step 6 Insert the new optical module into the socket on the optical interface board. Ensure that the

 bayonet lock is secure.

Step 7 Connect the optical cable to the optical port. Ensure that the TX and RX end of the optical cable

are correctly connected. You can hear a click sound when the optical cable is securely connected.

Step 8 Check whether the alarms related to the optical module are cleared.

NOTE

An alarm is reported when the optical module is removed. The alarm is cleared after the optical module is

reinstalled.

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Contact the local Huawei representative office to dispose the replaced optical module.

9.28 Replacing an Optical Splitter/Combiner

This section describes how to replace an optical splitter/combiner. The BSC6900 optical

splitters/combiners are LC/LC-LC single-mode optical splitter/combiner and LC/LC-LC

multimode optical splitter/combiner. It takes about five minutes to replace an optical splitter/combiner.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, dustfree cloth, a fiber cleaner, and

diagonal pliers.

l The following materials are ready: cable ties and permanent labels.

l A new optical splitter/combiner is ready.

l The number and type of optical splitters/combiners to be replaced are specified.

Context

NOTICE

To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.

Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If 

no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

214

Page 225: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 225/272

NOTICE

l When replacing the optical splitter/combiner, do not look into the optical port without eye

 protection.

l Replacing an optical splitter/combiner interrupts ongoing services on the corresponding

interface boards. Therefore, replace it during low-traffic hours, for example, at midnight.

Procedure

Step 1 Attach temporary labels to the new optical splitter/combiner for easy identification. It is

recommended that content of the temporary labels be consistent with the labels on the old optical

splitter/combiner.

Step 2 Deploy the new optical splitter/combiner based on the old optical splitter/combiner.

Step 3 Disconnect the optical fiber by pressing the tab on the optical connector. Then, remove the optical

splitter/combiner to be replaced.

Step 4 Install the new optical splitter/combiner by referring to Installing the Optical Splitter/Combiner.

NOTICE

The TX end and RX end of the new optical splitter/combiner must be correctly connected.

Otherwise, optical signals cannot be received or transmitted.

Step 5 Replace the temporary labels on the new optical splitter/combiner with the engineering labels.

The content of the engineering labels must be identical with that of the temporary labels. For 

details, see Attaching the Engineering Labels to the Signal Cables.

Step 6 Bind the optical splitters/combiners.

Step 7 Check the items listed in Table 9-28.

Table 9-28 Checklist for monitoring optical splitter/combiner replacement

Item Result Action

Whether the

connection of the

optical fiber is

correct.

Yes Check the next item.

 No Remove the optical fiber and reconnect it.

Whether optical

connectors are

 properly inserted

into the related

 ports.

Yes Check the next item.

 No Secure the optical connectors.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

215

Page 226: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 226/272

Page 227: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 227/272

Page 228: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 228/272

about 5 to 20 minutes to replace an Ethernet cable, depending on the installation position of the

Ethernet cable.

10.6 Replacing a Clock Signal Cable

This section describes how to replace a clock signal cable. Clock signal cables in the

BSC6900 can be divided into the GPS clock signal cable, BITS clock signal cable, and line clock 

signal cable. It takes 5 to 20 minutes to replace a clock signal cable depending on the installation

 position of the reference clock.

10.7 Replacing a Y-Shaped Clock Cable

This section describes how to replace a Y-shaped clock cable. It takes 5 to 20 minutes to replace

a Y-shaped clock cable, depending on the installation position of the Y-shaped clock cable.

10.8 Replacing an EMU RS485 Communication Cable

This section describes how to replace an RS485 communication cable. Replacing the RS485

communication cable takes about five minutes depending on the position of the environment

monitoring unit (EMU).

10.9 Replacing an Alarm Box Signal Cable

This section describes how to replace an alarm box signal cable. It takes five to twenty minutes

to replace a signal cable depending on the installation position of the alarm box.

10.10 Replacing the PDB Monitoring Signal Cable

This section describes how to replace a PDB monitoring signal cable. It takes about 10 minutes

to replace a monitoring cable.

10.11 Replacing the Monitoring Signal Cable for the Independent Fan Subrack 

This section describes how to replace a monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack.

It takes about 10 minutes to replace a monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack.

10.12 Replacing an SFP+ High-Speed CableThis section describes how to replace an SFP+ high-speed cable. It takes about 10 minutes to

replace an SFP+ high-speed cable.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

218

Page 229: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 229/272

10.1 Replacing a Power Cable

This describes how to replace a power cable. It takes about 10 minutes to replace a power cablein overhead mode and about 30 minutes to replace a power cable in underfloor mode.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including diagonal pliers, a wrench, a medium-size flat-head

screwdriver, a large-size Phillips screwdriver, and a socket wrench.

l The required cable ties are ready.

l A new power cable is ready.

Context

NOTICE

l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD

wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD

connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,

wear ESD gloves.

l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use

a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a

to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTICE

l During the re placement of the power cable between the PDF and the power distribution box,

if single-input external power is supplied, the replacement causes the system to power off 

and interrupts ongoing services. If dual-input external power is supplied, the replacement

does not affect the system but triggers a power failure alarm.

l During the replacement of the power cable between the power distribution box and the

subrack, if single-input power is supplied, the replacement causes the subrack to power off 

and interrupts ongoing services carried on the boards in the subrack. If dual-input power is

supplied, the replacement does not affect the system.

l During the replacement of the power cable between the power distribution box and the

independent fan subrack, if single-input power is supplied, the replacement causes the

subrack to power off and affects the system heat dissipation. If dual-input power is supplied,

the replacement does not affect the system.

l Before replacing a power cable, check the power supply mode (for example, single input or 

dual input) of the power cable and notify of the customers. For single-input power supply,

 be prepared for possible service interruption.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

219

Page 230: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 230/272

You can refer to Installing Power Cables and PGND Cables for laying and installing the power 

cables.

Procedure

Step 1 Confirm the number, length, and type of the –48 V power cable and GND cable to be replaced.

Ensure that the new –48 V cables and GND cables are of proper length and type. Prepare power 

cable connectors.

Step 2 Attach temporary labels to both ends of the new –48 V power cable and GND cable.

The content of the temporary labels must be identical with the content of the engineering labels

on the power cables to be replaced.

Step 3 Set switches SW1 through SW6 as listed in Table 10-1.

Table 10-1 Setting switches SW1 to SW6

Power Cable to beReplaced

External Power SupplyMode

Operation

Power cable between

the PDF and the power 

distribution box

Single input Record the states of the switches

for power output and turn off all

the switches that are on.

Dual input/double dual inputs Record the states of the switches

for power output and turn off the

switches that are on and control

the -48 V power cable to bereplaced.

Power cable between

the power distribution

 box and the subrack 

Single input/dual input Record the states of the switches

for power output and turn off the

switches that are on and control

the -48 V power cable to be

replaced.

Power cable between

the power distribution

 box and the independent

fan subrack 

Single input/dual input Record the states of the switches

for power output and turn off the

switches that are on and control

the -48 V power cable to bereplaced.

 

Step 4 To replace the power cable between the PDF and the power distribution box, set the switch on

the DC PDF that controls the power supply of the cabinet to OFF, and then disconnect the input

 power of the power distribution box. To replace the power cable between the power distribution

 box and the subrack/independent fan subrack, skip this step.

Step 5 Remove the original –48 V power cable and GND cable, and lay out the new –48 V power cable

and GND cable.

Step 6 Connect the new –48 V power cable and GND cable to the original ports.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

220

Page 231: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 231/272

Page 232: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 232/272

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including diagonal pliers, a wrench, a medium-size flat-head

screwdriver, a large-size Phillips screwdriver, and a socket wrench.

l

The required material is ready, including cable ties or wax strings.l A new cabinet PGND cable is ready.

Context

NOTICE

l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD

wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD

connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,

wear ESD gloves.

l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use

a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a

to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.

You can refer to Installing Power Cables and PGND Cables.

Procedure

Step 1 Confirm the quantity, length, and diameter of the cabinet PGND cable to be replaced and make

connectors using cabinet PGND cable in proper length.

Step 2 Attach a temporary label to the new cabinet PGND cable for easy identification.

It is recommended that the content on the temporary label be consistent with that on the

engineering label of the cabinet PGND cable to be replaced.

Step 3 Remove the cabinet PGND cable to be replaced and install the new cabinet PGND cable.

Step 4 Connect two ends of the new cabinet PGND cable according to the original position of the

replaced cabinet PGND cable.

Step 5 Remove the temporary label and attach the engineering label of the cabinet PGND cable.

Step 6 Bind the cabinet PGND cable.

Step 7 Ensure that the new cabinet PGND cable is installed correctly.

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Dispose of the replaced cabinet PGND cable properly to prevent short circuit and environmental

 pollution.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

222

Page 233: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 233/272

10.3 Replacing an E1/T1 Cable

This section describes how to replace an E1/T1 cable of the BSC6900. The cable consists of the

Y-shaped 75-ohm coaxial cable and Y-shaped 120-ohm twisted pair. It takes about 10 minutes

to replace an E1/T1 cable.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a flat-head screwdriver, and

diagonal pliers.

l Required cable ties are ready.

l A new E1/T1 cable is ready.

Context

NOTICE

To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.

Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If 

no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

NOTICE

l Replacing the E1/T1 cable interrupts the services carried over the E1/T1 cable.

l If the BSC6900 and its peer end are connected using only the E1/T1 cable, all the services

 between the BSC6900 and its peer end are interrupted during the replacement.

Lay E1/T1 cables or install E1/T1 cables by referring to Installing the E1/T1 Cables.

Procedure

Step 1 Confirm the quantity, length, and type of the E1/T1 cables to be replaced. Arrange for a new

E1/T1 cable with proper length and type. Note that extra length should be reserved.

Step 2 Add a connector for the DDF to the new E1/T1 cable.

Step 3 Attach temporary labels to the new E1/T1 cable. The content on the temporary label should be

consistent with the content on the original label.

NOTE

To facilitate the routing of E1/T1 cables in real situations, you may have to remove the side doors and rear 

door of the cabinet. Install the removed doors after arranging the E1/T1 cables.

Step 4Lay out the new E1/T1 cable along the original routing, or according to the new routing

requirements on site.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

223

Page 234: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 234/272

Step 5 On the BSC6900 side, remove the fastening screws on both ends of the E1/T1 cable without

using any tools. Then, disconnect the E1/T1 cable to be replaced from the BSC6900 and the

DDF respectively.

Step 6 Connect the new E1/T1 cable without using any tools to the original ports on the BSC6900 and

the DDF.

Step 7 Replace the temporary labels on the new cable with the engineering labels.

The content on the engineering label of the new E1/T1 cable must be identical with that on the

engineering label of the original E1/T1 cable. For details, see Attaching the Engineering Labels

to the Signal Cables.

Step 8 Bind the new E1/T1 cables.

Step 9 After replacing the E1/T1 cable, check the following item listed in Table 10-3.

Table 10-3 Checklist for E1/T1 cable replacement

Item Result Action

Whether cable

connection is correct.

Yes Check the next item.

 No Remove the E1/T1 cable and

reconnect it.

Whether connectors of 

the E1/T1 cable are

 properly inserted into

the ports.

Yes Check the next item.

 No Secure the connector.

Whether alarms relatedto transmission cable

are cleared.

Yes No further action is required.

 No 1. Clear the alarms by referring

to the alarm online help on

the LMT.

2. If the alarms persist, contact

Huawei technical support.

 

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Dispose of the replaced E1/T1 cable properly to prevent short circuit and environmental

 pollution.

10.4 Replacing a Fiber Optic Cable

This section describes how to replace a fiber optic cable. The BSC6900 fiber optic cable includes

the LC/PC-SC/PC single mode fiber optic, LC/PC-SC/PC multimode fiber optic cable, LC/PC-

FC/PC single mode fiber optic cable, LC/PC-FC/PC multimode fiber optic cable, LC/PC-LC/

PC single mode fiber optic cable, and LC/PC-LC/PC multimode fiber optic cable. It takes about

5 minutes to replace a fiber optic cable.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

224

Page 235: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 235/272

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, dustfree cloth, a fiber cleaner, and

diagonal pliers.

l The required cable ties are ready.

l A new fiber optic cable is ready.

l The number, length, and type of the fiber optic cables to be replaced are determined.

Context

NOTICE

To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.

Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

NOTICE

l Do not look directly at connectors of the fiber optic cables when replacing the fiber optic

cable. The beam may hurt your eyes.

l When the BSC6900 and other NEs are connected in optical port backup mode, replacing one

fiber optic cable does not affect system services. However, the replacement interrupts all theservices carried on this cable in other connection mode.

l When the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using only the fiber optic cable,

replacing this cable interrupts all the services between the BSC6900 and its peer NEs.

For details on how to lay and install the fiber optic cables, see Installing the Optical Cables.

Procedure

Step 1 Attach temporary labels to the new cable for easy identification. It is recommended that the

content of the temporary labels be identical with that of the original labels.

Step 2 Lay the fiber optic cable according to the original route or a new route based on the onsite

changes.

Step 3 Disconnect the fiber optic cable to be replaced.

If... Then...

The connector type is LC/PC or SC/PC Press the tab on the connector and pull the cable

out.

The type of the connector is FC/PC Unscrew the optical connector counterclockwise.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

225

Page 236: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 236/272

NOTE

If the removed fiber optic cable is not damaged, cover the connectors with dust-proof caps. If the connectors

are dirty, clean them with the dustfree cloth or the fiber cleaner.

Step 4 Remove the protective caps from the fiber optic cable connectors of the new fiber optic cable

and reserve them for later use. Connect the new fiber optic cable to the original ports.

NOTICE

For the LC/PC, SC/PC or FC/PC connector, the TX end and the RX end must be connected

correctly by referring to the temporary labels. Otherwise, the signals cannot be received or 

transmitted.

Step 5 Replace the temporary labels on the new fiber optic cable with the engineering labels. The

content of the labels on the new fiber optic cable must be identical with that of the labels on theoriginal fiber optic cable. For details, see Attaching the Engineering Labels to the Signal Cables.

Step 6 Bind the new fiber optic cable.

Step 7 Check the items as listed in Table 10-4 in sequence.

Table 10-4 Checklist for fiber optic cable replacement

ItemExpectedResult

Operation

Physical connection

is correct.

Yes Check the next item.

 No Remove the fiber optic cable and reconnect it.

The connector of the

fiber optic cable is

 properly inserted

into the port.

Yes Check the next item.

 No Secure the insertion.

Alarms related to

transmission cables

are cleared.

Yes No further action is required.

 No

Clear the alarms by referring to the online alarm

reference on the LMT. If the alarms persist, contact

Huawei technical support.

 

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Dispose the replaced fiber optic cables properly to prevent environmental pollution.

10.5 Replace an Ethernet Cable

BSC6900 Ethernet cable is classified into the shielded straight-through cable for the OMU/FG2a/

FG2c interface board and the non-shielded straight-through cable for the SCU board. It takes

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

226

Page 237: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 237/272

Page 238: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 238/272

cables by referring to Checking the Appearance of Metal Contact Strips and Testing the

Connection of Assembled Cables.

Step 3 Attach temporary labels to the new cable for easy identification.

It is recommended that the content of the temporary labels be identical with that of the original

labels.

Step 4 Lay the Ethernet cable according to the original route or a new route based on the onsite changes.

Step 5 Disconnect the Ethernet cable to be replaced from the ports.

Step 6 Connect the new Ethernet cable to the original ports.

Step 7 Replace the temporary labels on the new cable with the engineering labels.

The content of the labels on the new Ethernet cable must be identical with that of the labels on

the original Ethernet cable. For details, see Attaching the Engineering Labels to the Signal

Cables.

Step 8 Bind the new Ethernet cable.

Step 9 Check the items as listed in Table 10-5 in sequence.

Table 10-5 Checklist for Ethernet cable replacement

ItemExpectedResult

Operation

Cable connection is

correct.

Yes Check the next item.

 No Remove the cable and reconnect it.

The connectors of the

cable are properly

inserted into the port.

Yes Check the next item.

 No Secure the insertion.

Alarms related to

network 

communications are

cleared.

Yes Check the next item.

 No

Clear the alarms by referring to the online alarm

reference on the LMT. If the alarms persist,

contact Huawei technical support.

Check whether two

ends connected by the

cable can properlycommunicate with

each other after the

Ping command is

executed in DOS

mode.

Yes No further action is required.

 NoCheck the Ethernet cable. If the Ethernet cable

is faulty, replace it with a new one.

 

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Dispose the replaced Ethernet cable properly to prevent environmental pollution.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

228

Page 239: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 239/272

10.6 Replacing a Clock Signal Cable

This section describes how to replace a clock signal cable. Clock signal cables in the

BSC6900 can be divided into the GPS clock signal cable, BITS clock signal cable, and line clock 

signal cable. It takes 5 to 20 minutes to replace a clock signal cable depending on the installation

 position of the reference clock.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap and diagonal pliers.

l Required cable ties or wax strings are ready.

l A new clock signal cable is ready.

Context

NOTICE

l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD

wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD

connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,

wear ESD gloves.

l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use

a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version ato replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.

Lay clock signal cables or install clock signal cables by referring to Installing the Clock Signal

Cables.

Procedure

Step 1 Attach temporary labels to the new cable for easy identification. It is recommended that content

of the temporary label be consistent with that of the old label.

Step 2 Lay out the new clock signal cable according to the original routing or according to the newrouting requirements on site.

Step 3 Disconnect the clock signal cable from the port.

Step 4 Connect the new clock signal cable to the original ports.

Step 5 Replace the temporary labels on the new cable with the engineering labels.

The content of the engineering label must be consistent with that of the temporary label. For 

details, see Attaching the Engineering Labels to the Signal Cables.

Step 6 Bind the new clock signal cables.

Step 7 After replacing the clock signal cable, check the items in Table 10-6.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

229

Page 240: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 240/272

Table 10-6 Checklist for clock signal cable replacement

Item Result Action

Cable connection is

correct.

Yes Check the next item.

 No Remove the cable and reconnect it.

The connectors of the

clock signal cable are

 properly inserted into

the ports.

Yes Check the next item.

 No Secure the connector.

Alarms related to the

clock signal cable are

cleared.

Yes No further action is required.

 No

Clear the alarms by referring to the alarm online

help on the LMT. If the faults persist, contact

Huawei technical support.

 

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Dispose of the replaced clock signal cable properly to prevent environmental pollution.

10.7 Replacing a Y-Shaped Clock Cable

This section describes how to replace a Y-shaped clock cable. It takes 5 to 20 minutes to replacea Y-shaped clock cable, depending on the installation position of the Y-shaped clock cable.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap and diagonal pliers.

l The required cable ties are ready.

l A new Y-shaped clock cable is ready.

Context

NOTICE

To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.

Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If 

no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

230

Page 241: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 241/272

Page 242: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 242/272

Item Expected Result Operation

 No 1. Clear the alarms by referring to

the online alarm reference on the

LMT.2. If the alarms persist, contact

Huawei Customer Service

Center.

 

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Dispose the replaced Y-shaped clock cable properly to prevent short-circuits and environment

 pollution.

10.8 Replacing an EMU RS485 Communication Cable

This section describes how to replace an RS485 communication cable. Replacing the RS485

communication cable takes about five minutes depending on the position of the environment

monitoring unit (EMU).

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including tool gloves or ESD gloves, diagonal pliers, and a head-flat screwdriver.

l The required cable ties are ready.

l A new RS485 communication cable is ready.

Context

NOTICEl To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD

wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD

connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,

wear ESD gloves.

l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use

a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a

to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.

You can install EMU RS485 cables by referring to Installing the EMU RS485 Communication

Cables.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

232

Page 243: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 243/272

Procedure

Step 1 Lay a new RS485 cable according to the original route or a new route based on the onsite changes.

Step 2 On the EMU side, disconnect the DB9 male connector on one end of the EMU RS485

communication cable from the DB9 female socket on the EMU.

Step 3 On the BSC6900 cabinet side, disconnect the RJ45 connector on the other end of the EMU

RS485 communication cable from the J1 port on the power distribution box of the BSC6900

cabinet.

Step 4 Connect the new RS485 communication cable to the EMU and the power distribution box

according to the original route.

Step 5 Attach engineering labels to both ends of the new RS485 communication cable. For details, refer 

to Attaching the Engineering Labels to the Signal Cables.

The content of the engineering labels on the new RS485 communication cable must be identical

with that of the engineering labels on the original RS485 communication cable.

Step 6 Power on the EMU.

Step 7 Test the EMU by referring to the manual delivered with the EMU.

Step 8 Observe the indicator on the EMU panel to check whether the communication cable connection

is correct. If not, check the connection of connectors.

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Dispose the replaced RS485 communication cable to prevent environment pollution.

10.9 Replacing an Alarm Box Signal Cable

This section describes how to replace an alarm box signal cable. It takes five to twenty minutes

to replace a signal cable depending on the installation position of the alarm box.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including ESD gloves, an ESD wrist strap, and diagonal pliers.

l The required cable ties are ready.l A new signal cable is ready.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

233

Page 244: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 244/272

Page 245: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 245/272

10.10 Replacing the PDB Monitoring Signal Cable

This section describes how to replace a PDB monitoring signal cable. It takes about 10 minutes

to replace a monitoring cable.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, diagonal pliers, and a Phillips

screwdriver.

l The materials are ready. The materials are cable ties or wax strings.

l A new monitoring cable is ready.

Context

NOTICE

To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.

Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If 

no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

Procedure

Step 1 Attach temporary labels to the new cable for easy identification. It is recommended that content

of the temporary label be consistent with that of the old label.

Step 2 Lay out the monitoring cable.

Step 3 Remove the monitoring cable to be replaced from the port.

Step 4 Connect the new monitoring cable to the original ports.

Step 5 Replace the temporary labels on the new cable with the engineering labels.

The content of the engineering label must be consistent with that of the temporary label. For 

details, see Attaching the Engineering Labels to the Signal Cables.

Step 6 Bind the monitoring cable.

Step 7 After replacing the monitoring cable of the power distribution box, check the items in Table

10-8.

Table 10-8 Checklist for monitoring cable replacement

Item Result Action

Cable connection is

correct.

Yes Check the next item.

 No

Remove the monitoring cable and connect the

cable again.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

235

Page 246: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 246/272

Item Result Action

The connectors of the

monitoring cable are

 properly inserted intothe port.

Yes Check the next item.

 No Secure the connector.

Indicators on the panel

 properly indicate the

running of power 

distribution box.

Yes Check the next item.

 No Contact Huawei for technical support.

Alarms related to the

monitoring cable are

cleared.

Yes No further action is required.

 No

Clear the alarms by referring to the alarm online

help on the LMT. If the faults persist, contact

Huawei technical support.

 

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Dispose of the replaced monitoring cable to prevent environmental pollution.

10.11 Replacing the Monitoring Signal Cable for the

Independent Fan SubrackThis section describes how to replace a monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack.

It takes about 10 minutes to replace a monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, diagonal pliers, and a Phillips

screwdriver.

l The materials are ready. The materials are cable ties or wax strings.

l A new monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack is ready.

Context

NOTICE

To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.

Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If 

no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

236

Page 247: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 247/272

Procedure

Step 1 Attach temporary labels to the new cable for easy identification. It is recommended that content

of the temporary label be consistent with that of the old label.

Step 2 Lay out the new monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack.

Step 3 Disconnect the monitoring signal cable to be replaced from the port.

Step 4 Connect the new monitoring signal cable to the corresponding port.

Step 5 Replace the temporary labels on the new cable with the engineering labels.

The content of the engineering label must be consistent with that of the temporary label. For 

details, see Attaching the Engineering Labels to the Signal Cables.

Step 6 Bind the monitoring signal cable to other cables.

Step 7 After replacing the monitoring signal cable, check the items in Table 10-9.

Table 10-9 Checklist for monitoring signal cable replacement

Item Result Action

Cable connection is

correct.

Yes Go to the next item.

 NoRemove the monitoring signal cable and connect

the cable again.

The connectors of the

monitoring signal cable

are securely connected

to the ports.

Yes Go to the next item.

 NoSecure the connectors of the monitoring signal

cable.

The indicators on the

 panel of the

independent fan

subrack correctly

indicate the state of the

fan box.

Yes Go to the next item.

 No Contact Huawei for technical support.

Alarms related to the

monitoring signal cable

are cleared.

Yes No further action is required.

 No

Clear the alarms by referring to the alarm online

help on the LMT. If the alarms persist, contact

Huawei technical support.

 

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Dispose of the replaced monitoring signal cable properly to prevent environmental pollution.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

237

Page 248: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 248/272

10.12 Replacing an SFP+ High-Speed Cable

This section describes how to replace an SFP+ high-speed cable. It takes about 10 minutes toreplace an SFP+ high-speed cable.

Prerequisites

l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, an ESD box or bag, and diagonal

 pliers.

l A new SFP+ high-speed cable is ready.

Context

NOTICE

To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.

Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If 

no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.

For details on how to install SFP+ high-speed cables, see Installing the Inter-SCUb SFP+ High-

Speed Cables Between Different Subracks.

Procedure

Step 1 Confirm the quantity, length, and type of the SFP+ high-speed cables to be replaced. Attach

temporary label to the new cable for easy identification. The content on the temporary label

should be consistent with that on the engineering label of the SFP+ high-speed cable to be

replaced.

Step 2 Confirm that the SCUb whose SFP+ high-speed cable is to be replaced works in standby mode.

If the SCUb works in active mode, perform active/standby switchover on the SCUb boards.

Step 3 Pull out the connector of the SFP+ high-speed cable to be replaced from where it is inserted by

the handle, as shown in Figure 10-1.

Figure 10-1 SFP+ High-Speed Cable

 

Step 4 Lay out the new SFP+ high-speed cable according to the original routing.

Step 5 Connect the new SFP+ high-speed cable to the corresponding ports.

Step 6 Replace the temporary label on the new SFP+ high-speed cable with the engineering label.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

238

Page 249: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 249/272

The content on the engineering label must be consistent with that on the engineering label of the

original SFP+ high-speed cable. For details, see Attaching the Engineering Labels to the Signal

Cables.

Step 7 Bind the new SFP+ high-speed cable.

Step 8 After replacing the SFP+ high-speed cable, check the items listed in Table 10-10.

Table 10-10 Checklist for SFP+ high-speed cable replacement

Item Result Action

Cable connection is

correct.

Yes Check the next item.

 No Remove the SFP+ high-speed

cable and reconnect it.

The connector of the

SFP+ high-speed cable

is properly inserted

into the port.

Yes Check the next item.

 No Secure the connector.

Alarms related to

transmission cables are

cleared.

Yes No further action is required.

 No 1. Clear the alarms by referring

to the alarm online help on

the LMT.

2. If the alarms persist, contact

Huawei technical support.

 

----End

Follow-up Procedure

Dispose of the replaced SFP+ high-speed cable properly to prevent short circuit and

environmental pollution.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

239

Page 250: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 250/272

Page 251: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 251/272

11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap

To protect equipment against the damage caused by ESD, when performing operations on theequipment, use the ESD wrist strap besides grounding the equipment properly.

Context

l Ensure that the metal button of the ESD wrist strap is wrapped tightly against your wrist,

and the other end of the strap (ESD jack) is inserted into the ESD socket as shown in Figure

11-1.

l Set the multimeter to the resistance scale to measure the resistance of the ESD wrist strap

as shown in Figure 11-2. Ensure that the resistance is between 0.8 megohm and 1.2

megohm. The service life of the ESD wrist strap is two years in general. When the resistance

of the ESD wrist strap fails to meet the requirements, replace it with a new one.

l An ESD wrist strap cannot protect the board from the ESD when the board is in contact

with the clothes. Therefore, avoid contact between the board and clothes.

Procedure

Step 1 Wear the ESD wrist strap properly.

Step 2 Insert the connector of the ESD wrist strap into the ESD socket on the cabinet, as shown in

Figure 11-1.

Figure 11-1 Wearing an ESD wrist strap

1 ESD socket 2 ESD jack 3 ESD wrist strap

 

NOTE

The connector of the ESD wrist strap can be inserted into either socket labeled with the ESD sign, as shownin part A or part B of Figure 11-1.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

241

Page 252: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 252/272

Figure 11-2 Measuring the resistance of an ESD wrist strap

 

----End

11.2 Checking the Appearance of Metal Contact StripsThis section describes how to check the appearance of the metal contact strips and check whether 

an RJ45 connector is eligible.

Context

l The metal contact strips must be of the same height and be of the standard size to ensure

the reliable contact with the core of the cable.

l The horizontal surface of the metal contact strips must be the same, with a maximum

deviation of ±5°. Each metal contact strip must be parallel to the surface of the connector.

lThe surface of the metal contact strips must be free from foreign objects, dirt, or rust.Otherwise, the continuity will be affected.

l The contact between the strips and the connector must be reliable. The arrangement of the

 plastic separation strips on the connector must be neat, even and be free from tilting or 

damage.

l The end of the cable core must reach the blade of the metal contact strips. The end of the

cable core must reach the surface of the connector trough as close as possible. The space

in between must be less than 0.5 mm.

Procedure

Step 1 Hold the connector and check whether the height of each metal contact strip is 6.02±0.13 mm.If the measuring tools are unavailable, you are advised to check the connector by comparing it

with an eligible connector. Figure 11-3 shows an unqualified connector. Figure 11-4 shows an

eligible connector.

NOTE

If the assembled connector is unqualified, redo the work until an eligible connector is made.

Figure 11-3 Metal contact strips of different heights

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

242

Page 253: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 253/272

 

Figure 11-4 Metal contact strips of the same height

 

Step 2 Hold connector with an angle of 45° and check the horizontal surface of the metal contact strips.

Figure 11-5 shows an unqualified connector.

Figure 11-5 Metal contact strips of different heights and uneven horizontal surface

 

Step 3 Hold the connector and check whether there are any foreign objects, dirt, or rust on the metal

contact strips. If yes, clean the connector. If the foreign objects, dirt, or rust is irremovable, redothe connector. Figure 11-6 shows an unqualified connector.

Figure 11-6 Foreign objects on the surface of the metal contact strips

 

Step 4 Hold the connector and check whether the metal contact strips and the plastic separation strips

are tilting or damaged. If yes, straighten the strips. If the strips fail to be straightened, redo the

connector. Figure 11-7 shows an unqualified connector.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

243

Page 254: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 254/272

Figure 11-7 Tilting plastic separation strips of the connector 

 

Step 5 Hold the connector and check whether the cable core is visible. The end of the cable core must

reach the blade of the metal contact strips and is reliably connected with the metal contact strips.

If not, redo the connector. Figure 11-8 shows an unqualified connector.

Figure 11-8 Connector with invisible cable core

 

----End

11.3 Testing the Connection of Assembled Ethernet Cables

This section describes how to test an Ethernet Cable product, such as whether connectors at two

ends are conducted properly and whether the connection is correct. A straight-through cable is

used as an example in this section.

Context

There are two common types of Ethernet cables, namely straight-through cable and crossover 

cable.

l The straight-through cable is used between the Ethernet adapter and Ethernet switch

(including the hub). Table 11-1 lists the one-on-one pin mapping of the cable.

Table 11-1 Pin mapping of the straight-through cable

Connector 1 Connector 2 Color of the cablecore

Twisted or not

2 2 Orange Twisted

1 1 Orange and white

6 6 Green Twisted

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

244

Page 255: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 255/272

Connector 1 Connector 2 Color of the cablecore

Twisted or not

3 3 Green and white

4 4 Blue Twisted

5 5 Blue and white

8 8 Brown Twisted

7 7 Brown and white

 

l The crossover cable is used between the Ethernet adapter and Ethernet switch (including

the hub). Table 11-2 lists the crossover mapping of the cable.

Table 11-2 Pin mapping of the crossover cable

Connector 1 Connector 2 Color of the cablecore

Twisted or not

6 2 Orange Twisted

3 1 Orange-white

2 6 Green Twisted

1 3 Green and white

4 4 Blue Twisted

5 5 Blue and white

8 8 Brown Twisted

7 7 Brown and white

 

Figure 11-9 shows the numbering sequence of the pins.

Figure 11-9 Numbering sequence of the pins

 

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

245

Page 256: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 256/272

Page 257: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 257/272

 

The test procedure for the crossover cable is the same as that for the straight-through cable.

However, the lighting sequence of the indicators is different.

The lighting sequence of the indicators in the test of a crossover cable is as follows.

Indicators on the MASTER device: 1-8-G; indicators on the REMOTE device: 3-6-1-4-5-2-7-8-

G.

If the indicators are not on in the previous sequence or certain indicators are not on, the Ethernet

cable is ineligible.

NOTE

If the cable tester is unavailable, you are advised to use a multimeter to test the continuity of the Ethernet

cable, as shown in Figure 11-12.

Figure 11-12 Testing the continuity of the Ethernet cable

 

----End

11.4 Assembling the Shielded RJ45 Connector and the

Ethernet Cable

This section describes how to assemble the shielded RJ45 connector and the straight-through

cable.

Context

Figure 11-13 shows the structure of the shielded RJ45 connector and the straight-through cable.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

247

Page 258: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 258/272

Figure 11-13 Shielded RJ45 connector 

 

A Jacket of the connector B Metal jacket C Frame D Connector  

E Jacket of the Ethernet cable F shield layer G Twisted pair  -

Procedure

Step 1 Insert the Ethernet cable through A, as shown in Figure 11-14.

Figure 11-14 Inserting the Ethernet cable through the connector jacket

 

Step 2 Strip E for 30 mm and cut off the nylon layer inside the jacket. Cut E for about 5 mm, as shown

in Figure 11-15.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

248

Page 259: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 259/272

NOTICE

l Be cautious not to damage the shield layer when stripping the jacket.

l Be cautious not to damage the insulation layer of the twisted pair when stripping the shield

layer.

Figure 11-15 Stripping the jacket of the twisted pair (unit: mm)

 

Step 3 Place B through the twisted pair to cover F, as shown in Figure 11-16.

Figure 11-16 Placing the metal jacket

 

Step 4 Insert the metal jacket into the jacket of the twisted pair. Cut the shield layer and the aluminum

foil along the edge of the metal jacket to expose G of about 20 mm, as shown in Figure 11-17.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

249

Page 260: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 260/272

Page 261: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 261/272

Step 6 Place G on C according to the arrangement shown in Figure 11-20. Figure 11-21 and Table

11-3 show the mapping between the twisted pairs and the pins.

Figure 11-20 Placing the four twisted pairs on the frame

 

Figure 11-21 Mapping between the twisted pairs and the pins

 

Table 11-3 Mapping between the twisted pairs and the pins

Pin Color of the cable

1 Brown

2 White and brown

3 Green

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

251

Page 262: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 262/272

Pin Color of the cable

4 White and blue

5 Blue

6 White and green

7 Orange

8 White and orange

 

Step 7 Cut the excessive part of the cables along the side of the frame, as shown in Figure 11-22.

Figure 11-22 Cutting the excessive part of the twisted pairs

 

Step 8 Insert the frame into D and turn the metal shielding jacket at an angle of 90° to facilitate the

movement, as shown in Figure 11-23.

NOTE

Ensure that the frame is completely inserted into D.

Figure 11-23 Inserting the frame into the connector 

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

252

Page 263: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 263/272

 

Step 9 Move B towards the connector to cover the connector and the frame completely. Crimp the

connector by using the crimping tool, as shown in Figure 11-24.

Figure 11-24 Crimping the connector 

 

Step 10 Move A towards the connector to cover the metal jacket. One end of the RJ45 connector is

assembled, as shown in Figure 11-25.

Figure 11-25 Covering the connector with the jacket

 

Step 11 Repeat Step 1 through Step 10 to assemble the RJ45 connector at the other end.

----End

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

253

Page 264: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 264/272

11.5 Assembling the Unshielded RJ45 Connector and the

Ethernet CableThis section describes how to assemble the unshielded RJ45 connector and the straight-through

cable.

Context

Figure 11-26 shows the structure of the unshielded RJ45 connector and the straight-through

cable.

Figure 11-26 Unshielded RJ45 connector 

 

A Connector B Jacket C Twisted pairs

Procedure

Step 1 Strip the twisted pair by 16 mm, as shown in Figure 11-27.

NOTICE

Be cautious not to damage the insulation layer of the twisted pair when stripping the shield layer.

Figure 11-27 Stripping the twisted pair (unit: mm)

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

254

Page 265: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 265/272

 

Step 2 Arrange the twisted pairs according to Figure 11-28 and cut the excessive part. Table 11-4 lists

the mapping between the twisted pairs and the pins.

Figure 11-28 Mapping between the twisted pairs and the pins (unit: mm)

 

Table 11-4 Mapping between the twisted pairs and the pins

Pin Color of the cable

1 Brown

2 White and brown

3 Green

4 White and blue

5 Blue

6 White and green

7 Orange

8 White and orange

 

Step 3Insert the arranged cables into the connector. Crimp the connector by using the crimping tool,

as shown in Figure 11-29.

NOTE

Ensure that the cables are completely inserted into the connector.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

255

Page 266: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 266/272

Figure 11-29 Crimping the connector 

 

Step 4 Repeat Step 1 through Step 3 to assemble the RJ45 connector at the other end.

----End

11.6 BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form

The BSC6900 site maintenance record form is used to record site maintenance operations,

including replacement, capacity expansion, and routine cleaning.

Table 11-5 BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form

Site name: Maintenance date:

Time of occurrence: Time of fixing:

Person on duty: Operator:

Maintenance type:   □ Replacing a board   □ Replacing a cable Replacing a

subrack or fan

assembly, power 

distribution box

□ Routine cleaning   □ Expanding the

subrack capacity

Others

Detailed maintenance

operations:

 

Final commissioning

results:

 

11.7 Principles of Installing the Signal Cables

This section describes principles of installing signal cables. The principles involve minimum

 bending radius, cable layout, cable routing, and cable binding.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

256

Page 267: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 267/272

Principles of Installing Signal Cables

When installing signal cables, take the following precautions:

l Optical cables should not be stretched roughly or stepped on, and heavy objects should not

 be placed on the cable to avoid damage.

l Optical connectors not in use must be covered with a dustproof cap.

l If connectors of signal cables are made before delivery, pack the connectors with soft and

durable materials such as a packing bag during cabling.

l Protect jackets of signal cables from being damaged during the routing.

l When coiling the extra length of optical cables on the fiber management tray, apply proper 

force to avoid damaging the optical.

l The actual installation positions must meet the requirements of site survey and data

configuration.

l When installing the signal cables, you should route the extra length of the interconnection

cables on both sides of the cabinet according to the requirement for the bending radius of 

the cables.

l The related operation guide is intended for only the installation method. The actual

installation position of cables should meet the requirements of site survey and should be

consistent with the data configuration scheme.

Minimum Bending Radius

The bending radius of the signal cable meets the requirements of all types of cables. Table

11-6 lists the bending radius of the signal cables.

Table 11-6 Requirements for the bending radius

 Wire Bending Radius

BITS clock signal cable Not less than 45 mm

Y-shaped clock cable Not less than 25 mm

Ethernet cable Not less than 25 mm

Optical cable Not less than 40 mm

SFP+ high-speed cable Not less than 40 mm

E1/T1 cable Not less than 40 mm

EMU RS485 Communication Cable Not less than 25 mm

OMUc serial cable

NOTE

The port does not require a signal cable

or connection to other devices when the

system runs properly. Therefore,

equipment security is not affected.

 Not less than 25 mm

Signal cable of the alarm box Not less than 25 mm

 

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

257

Page 268: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 268/272

Principles of Routing the Signal Cables

To facilitate maintenance and capacity expansion, follow these principles when routing cables.

The layout sequence in overhead and underfloor cabling modes must be the same.

l The cables can be routed either on the front side first or on the rear side first. The cables

meant for the front of the cabinet must be laid only in the front side of the cabinet. Follow

the same principle for the cables meant for the rear of the cabinet.

l whereas routing the cables at the back of the cabinet, you should route the E1/T1 cables

 before routing the optical cables.

Requirements of Routing the Signal Cables

The requirements for routing signal cables are as follows:

l Protect the jackets of the signal cables from being damaged during the routing.

l Hold the connector when plugging out the signal cables to protect the signal cable from

damage.

l When installing the signal cables, you should route the extra length of the interconnection

cables on both sides of the cabinet according to the requirement for the bending radius of 

the cables.

l For combined cabinets, the extra signal cable in front of the cabinet should be routed along

the cable ladder or at one side of the cabinet. It should not be placed in the gap between the

combined cabinets.

l The signal cables must be separated from the power cables.

l The bending radius of the signal cable satisfies the requirements of all kinds of cables.

Table 11-6 lists the bending radius of the signal cables.

l Extra length of the signal cable should be reserved near the connector.

l The signal cables must be neatly laid in the rack, according to the engineering design.

l If the height difference between the cable tray and the top of the cabinet exceeds 800 mm,

a vertical cable ladder must be used. The signal cables and the lower part of the downward

cable ladder must be bound together.

l The routing should be in accordance with the engineering design.

l The cabling is clear, proper, and smooth at the bends. The cables are laid in parallel.

l The signal cables layout facilitates maintenance and future expansion.

Requirements of Binding the Signal Cables

The requirements of binding the signal cables are as follows:

l The signal cables and power cables must be bound separately. The spacing between cable

ties must be at least 150 mm.

l The twine for binding the cables must be coated with wax.

l The signal cables must be bound at the entrance and exit of the cable trough and at the

turning points, as shown in Figure 11-30.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

258

Page 269: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 269/272

Figure 11-30 Bending and binding signal cables

 

l The optical cables must be neatly bound in pairs.

l The cables on the cable tray must be bound neatly.

l The cable ties must face the same direction and be tied with proper tightness.

l The cable ties must be placed at regular intervals, 200 mm for E1/T1 cables , and 150 mm

for optical cables.

l The extra length of the cable ties must be cut and the cut surface must be smooth.

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

259

Page 270: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 270/272

Page 271: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 271/272

Indicators Description

PEUa board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of 

the PEUa Board

PEUc board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of 

the PEUc Board

POUa board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of 

the POUa Board

POUc board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of 

the POUc Board

UOIa board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of 

the UOIa Board

UOIc board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of the UOIc Board

 NIU NIUa board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of 

the NIUa Board

OMU OMUa and OMUb

 board

For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of 

an OMUa Board

OMUc board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of 

an OMUc Board

SAU SAUa board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of 

the SAUa Board

SAUc board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of 

the SAUc Board

ASU ASUa board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of 

the ASUa Board

SPU SPUa board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of 

the SPUa Board

SPUb/SPUc board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of 

the SPUb/SPUc Board

SCU SCUa board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of 

the SCUa Board

SCUb board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of 

the SCUb Board

Assista

nt

Board

MDMC board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of 

the MDMC Board

PAMU board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of 

the PAMU Board

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 12 Indicators on Components

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

261

Page 272: Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 272/272

BSC6900 UMTS

Site Maintenance Guide 13 DIP Switches on Components